summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/131-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:14:24 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:14:24 -0700
commitc3c2302fa775d4cb225fdb96e329ade5fa6e3c43 (patch)
treedd1ed1b2e05ab1316123d2d0aaa132859deb353f /131-h
initial commit of ebook 131HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '131-h')
-rw-r--r--131-h/131-h.htm8379
1 files changed, 8379 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/131-h/131-h.htm b/131-h/131-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6f1ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/131-h/131-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8379 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Pilgrim's Progress, by John Bunyan</title>
+
+<style type="text/css">
+
+ body { margin-left: 20%;
+ margin-right: 20%;
+ text-align: justify; }
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight:
+normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;}
+
+h1 {font-size: 300%;
+ margin-top: 0.6em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.6em;
+ letter-spacing: 0.12em;
+ word-spacing: 0.2em;
+ text-indent: 0em;}
+h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
+h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;}
+h4 {font-size: 120%;}
+h5 {font-size: 110%;}
+
+.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */
+
+p {text-indent: 1em;
+ margin-top: 0.25em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
+
+p.noindent {text-indent: 0% }
+
+p.poem {text-indent: 0%;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ font-size: small }
+
+p.transnote {font-size: small ;
+ text-indent: 0% ;
+ margin-left: 0% ;
+ margin-right: 0% }
+
+p.footnote {font-size: small ;
+ text-indent: 0% ;
+ margin-left: 0% ;
+ margin-right: 0% }
+
+p.finis { text-align: center ;
+ text-indent: 0% ;
+ margin-left: 0% ;
+ margin-right: 0% }
+
+</style>
+
+</head>
+
+<body>
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 131 ***</div>
+
+<p class="transnote">
+Notes:
+</p>
+
+<p class="transnote">
+1. Legends: = Sidenotes [Bible reference] = Bible references
+</p>
+
+<p class="transnote">
+2. Sections are numbered for future reference. These sections
+have been chosen arbitrarily, i.e., {1}, {2}
+</p>
+
+<p class="transnote">
+3. This is 'Part 1', but is a complete work in itself. Bunyan
+wrote a sequel ('Part 2') some years after the first part, hence
+the 'Parts'.
+</p>
+
+<h1>
+THE PILGRIM'S PROGRESS
+</h1>
+
+<h2>
+From This World To That Which Is To Come
+</h2>
+
+<h3>
+by
+</h3>
+
+<h2 class="no-break">
+John Bunyan
+</h2>
+
+<h2>
+Part One
+</h2>
+
+<h3>
+DELIVERED UNDER THE SIMILITUDE OF A DREAM BY JOHN BUNYAN
+</h3>
+
+<h3>
+The Author's Apology for his Book
+</h3>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{1} When at the first I took my pen in hand<br/>
+ Thus for to write, I did not understand<br/>
+ That I at all should make a little book<br/>
+ In such a mode; nay, I had undertook<br/>
+ To make another; which, when almost done,<br/>
+ Before I was aware, I this begun.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ And thus it was: I, writing of the way<br/>
+ And race of saints, in this our gospel day,<br/>
+ Fell suddenly into an allegory<br/>
+ About their journey, and the way to glory,<br/>
+ In more than twenty things which I set down.<br/>
+ This done, I twenty more had in my crown;<br/>
+ And they again began to multiply,<br/>
+ Like sparks that from the coals of fire do fly.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Nay, then, thought I, if that you breed so fast,<br/>
+ I'll put you by yourselves, lest you at last<br/>
+ Should prove ad infinitum, and eat out<br/>
+ The book that I already am about.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Well, so I did; but yet I did not think<br/>
+ To shew to all the world my pen and ink<br/>
+ In such a mode; I only thought to make<br/>
+ I knew not what; nor did I undertake<br/>
+ Thereby to please my neighbour: no, not I;<br/>
+ I did it my own self to gratify.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{2} Neither did I but vacant seasons spend<br/>
+ In this my scribble; nor did I intend<br/>
+ But to divert myself in doing this<br/>
+ From worser thoughts which make me do amiss.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Thus, I set pen to paper with delight,<br/>
+ And quickly had my thoughts in black and white.<br/>
+ For, having now my method by the end,<br/>
+ Still as I pulled, it came; and so I penned<br/>
+ It down: until it came at last to be,<br/>
+ For length and breadth, the bigness which you see.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Well, when I had thus put mine ends together,<br/>
+ I shewed them others, that I might see whether<br/>
+ They would condemn them, or them justify:<br/>
+ And some said, Let them live; some, Let them die;<br/>
+ Some said, JOHN, print it; others said, Not so;<br/>
+ Some said, It might do good; others said, No.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Now was I in a strait, and did not see<br/>
+ Which was the best thing to be done by me:<br/>
+ At last I thought, Since you are thus divided,<br/>
+ I print it will, and so the case decided.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{3} For, thought I, some, I see, would have it done,<br/>
+ Though others in that channel do not run:<br/>
+ To prove, then, who advised for the best,<br/>
+ Thus I thought fit to put it to the test.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ I further thought, if now I did deny<br/>
+ Those that would have it, thus to gratify.<br/>
+ I did not know but hinder them I might<br/>
+ Of that which would to them be great delight.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ For those which were not for its coming forth,<br/>
+ I said to them, Offend you I am loth,<br/>
+ Yet, since your brethren pleased with it be,<br/>
+ Forbear to judge till you do further see.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ If that thou wilt not read, let it alone;<br/>
+ Some love the meat, some love to pick the bone.<br/>
+ Yea, that I might them better palliate,<br/>
+ I did too with them thus expostulate:--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{4} May I not write in such a style as this?<br/>
+ In such a method, too, and yet not miss<br/>
+ My end--thy good? Why may it not be done?<br/>
+ Dark clouds bring waters, when the bright bring none.<br/>
+ Yea, dark or bright, if they their silver drops<br/>
+ Cause to descend, the earth, by yielding crops,<br/>
+ Gives praise to both, and carpeth not at either,<br/>
+ But treasures up the fruit they yield together;<br/>
+ Yea, so commixes both, that in her fruit<br/>
+ None can distinguish this from that: they suit<br/>
+ Her well when hungry; but, if she be full,<br/>
+ She spews out both, and makes their blessings null.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ You see the ways the fisherman doth take<br/>
+ To catch the fish; what engines doth he make?<br/>
+ Behold how he engageth all his wits;<br/>
+ Also his snares, lines, angles, hooks, and nets;<br/>
+ Yet fish there be, that neither hook, nor line,<br/>
+ Nor snare, nor net, nor engine can make thine:<br/>
+ They must be groped for, and be tickled too,<br/>
+ Or they will not be catch'd, whate'er you do.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ How does the fowler seek to catch his game<br/>
+ By divers means! all which one cannot name:<br/>
+ His guns, his nets, his lime-twigs, light, and bell:<br/>
+ He creeps, he goes, he stands; yea, who can tell<br/>
+ Of all his postures? Yet there's none of these<br/>
+ Will make him master of what fowls he please.<br/>
+ Yea, he must pipe and whistle to catch this,<br/>
+ Yet, if he does so, that bird he will miss.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ If that a pearl may in a toad's head dwell,<br/>
+ And may be found too in an oyster-shell;<br/>
+ If things that promise nothing do contain<br/>
+ What better is than gold; who will disdain,<br/>
+ That have an inkling of it, there to look,<br/>
+ That they may find it? Now, my little book,<br/>
+ (Though void of all these paintings that may make<br/>
+ It with this or the other man to take)<br/>
+ Is not without those things that do excel<br/>
+ What do in brave but empty notions dwell.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{5} 'Well, yet I am not fully satisfied,<br/>
+ That this your book will stand, when soundly tried.'<br/>
+ Why, what's the matter? 'It is dark.' What though?<br/>
+ 'But it is feigned.' What of that? I trow?<br/>
+ Some men, by feigned words, as dark as mine,<br/>
+ Make truth to spangle and its rays to shine.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ 'But they want solidness.' Speak, man, thy mind.<br/>
+ 'They drown the weak; metaphors make us blind.'
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Solidity, indeed, becomes the pen<br/>
+ Of him that writeth things divine to men;<br/>
+ But must I needs want solidness, because<br/>
+ By metaphors I speak? Were not God's laws,<br/>
+ His gospel laws, in olden times held forth<br/>
+ By types, shadows, and metaphors? Yet loth<br/>
+ Will any sober man be to find fault<br/>
+ With them, lest he be found for to assault<br/>
+ The highest wisdom. No, he rather stoops,<br/>
+ And seeks to find out what by pins and loops,<br/>
+ By calves and sheep, by heifers and by rams,<br/>
+ By birds and herbs, and by the blood of lambs,<br/>
+ God speaketh to him; and happy is he<br/>
+ That finds the light and grace that in them be.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{6} Be not too forward, therefore, to conclude<br/>
+ That I want solidness--that I am rude;<br/>
+ All things solid in show not solid be;<br/>
+ All things in parables despise not we;<br/>
+ Lest things most hurtful lightly we receive,<br/>
+ And things that good are, of our souls bereave.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ My dark and cloudy words, they do but hold<br/>
+ The truth, as cabinets enclose the gold.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ The prophets used much by metaphors<br/>
+ To set forth truth; yea, who so considers Christ,<br/>
+ his apostles too, shall plainly see,<br/>
+ That truths to this day in such mantles be.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Am I afraid to say, that holy writ,<br/>
+ Which for its style and phrase puts down all wit,<br/>
+ Is everywhere so full of all these things--<br/>
+ Dark figures, allegories? Yet there springs<br/>
+ From that same book that lustre, and those rays<br/>
+ Of light, that turn our darkest nights to days.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{7} Come, let my carper to his life now look,<br/>
+ And find there darker lines than in my book<br/>
+ He findeth any; yea, and let him know,<br/>
+ That in his best things there are worse lines too.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ May we but stand before impartial men,<br/>
+ To his poor one I dare adventure ten,<br/>
+ That they will take my meaning in these lines<br/>
+ Far better than his lies in silver shrines.<br/>
+ Come, truth, although in swaddling clouts, I find,<br/>
+ Informs the judgement, rectifies the mind;<br/>
+ Pleases the understanding, makes the will<br/>
+ Submit; the memory too it doth fill<br/>
+ With what doth our imaginations please;<br/>
+ Likewise it tends our troubles to appease.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Sound words, I know, Timothy is to use,<br/>
+ And old wives' fables he is to refuse;<br/>
+ But yet grave Paul him nowhere did forbid<br/>
+ The use of parables; in which lay hid<br/>
+ That gold, those pearls, and precious stones that were<br/>
+ Worth digging for, and that with greatest care.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Let me add one word more. O man of God,<br/>
+ Art thou offended? Dost thou wish I had<br/>
+ Put forth my matter in another dress?<br/>
+ Or, that I had in things been more express?<br/>
+ Three things let me propound; then I submit<br/>
+ To those that are my betters, as is fit.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{8} 1. I find not that I am denied the use<br/>
+ Of this my method, so I no abuse<br/>
+ Put on the words, things, readers; or be rude<br/>
+ In handling figure or similitude,<br/>
+ In application; but, all that I may,<br/>
+ Seek the advance of truth this or that way<br/>
+ Denied, did I say? Nay, I have leave<br/>
+ (Example too, and that from them that have<br/>
+ God better pleased, by their words or ways,<br/>
+ Than any man that breatheth now-a-days)<br/>
+ Thus to express my mind, thus to declare<br/>
+ Things unto thee that excellentest are.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ 2. I find that men (as high as trees) will write<br/>
+ Dialogue-wise; yet no man doth them slight<br/>
+ For writing so: indeed, if they abuse<br/>
+ Truth, cursed be they, and the craft they use<br/>
+ To that intent; but yet let truth be free<br/>
+ To make her sallies upon thee and me,<br/>
+ Which way it pleases God; for who knows how,<br/>
+ Better than he that taught us first to plough,<br/>
+ To guide our mind and pens for his design?<br/>
+ And he makes base things usher in divine.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ 3. I find that holy writ in many places<br/>
+ Hath semblance with this method, where the cases<br/>
+ Do call for one thing, to set forth another;<br/>
+ Use it I may, then, and yet nothing smother<br/>
+ Truth's golden beams: nay, by this method may<br/>
+ Make it cast forth its rays as light as day.<br/>
+ And now before I do put up my pen,<br/>
+ I'll shew the profit of my book, and then<br/>
+ Commit both thee and it unto that Hand<br/>
+ That pulls the strong down, and makes weak ones stand.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ This book it chalketh out before thine eyes<br/>
+ The man that seeks the everlasting prize;<br/>
+ It shews you whence he comes, whither he goes;<br/>
+ What he leaves undone, also what he does;<br/>
+ It also shows you how he runs and runs,<br/>
+ Till he unto the gate of glory comes.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{9} It shows, too, who set out for life amain,<br/>
+ As if the lasting crown they would obtain;<br/>
+ Here also you may see the reason why<br/>
+ They lose their labour, and like fools do die.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ This book will make a traveller of thee,<br/>
+ If by its counsel thou wilt ruled be;<br/>
+ It will direct thee to the Holy Land,<br/>
+ If thou wilt its directions understand:<br/>
+ Yea, it will make the slothful active be;<br/>
+ The blind also delightful things to see.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Art thou for something rare and profitable?<br/>
+ Wouldest thou see a truth within a fable?<br/>
+ Art thou forgetful? Wouldest thou remember<br/>
+ From New-Year's day to the last of December?<br/>
+ Then read my fancies; they will stick like burs,<br/>
+ And may be, to the helpless, comforters.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ This book is writ in such a dialect<br/>
+ As may the minds of listless men affect:<br/>
+ It seems a novelty, and yet contains<br/>
+ Nothing but sound and honest gospel strains.<br/>
+ Wouldst thou divert thyself from melancholy?<br/>
+ Wouldst thou be pleasant, yet be far from folly?<br/>
+ Wouldst thou read riddles, and their explanation?<br/>
+ Or else be drowned in thy contemplation?<br/>
+ Dost thou love picking meat? Or wouldst thou see<br/>
+ A man in the clouds, and hear him speak to thee?<br/>
+ Wouldst thou be in a dream, and yet not sleep?<br/>
+ Or wouldst thou in a moment laugh and weep?<br/>
+ Wouldest thou lose thyself and catch no harm,<br/>
+ And find thyself again without a charm?<br/>
+ Wouldst read thyself, and read thou knowest not what,<br/>
+ And yet know whether thou art blest or not,
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ By reading the same lines? Oh, then come hither,<br/>
+ And lay my book, thy head, and heart together.
+</p>
+
+<p class="noindent">
+JOHN BUNYAN.
+</p>
+
+<h1>
+THE PILGRIM'S PROGRESS
+</h1>
+
+<h2>
+In the Similitude of a Dream
+</h2>
+
+<p>
+{10} As I walked through the wilderness of this world, I lighted
+on a certain place where was a Den, and I laid me down in that
+place to sleep: and, as I slept, I dreamed a dream. I dreamed,
+and behold, I saw a man clothed with rags, standing in a certain
+place, with his face from his own house, a book in his hand, and
+a great burden upon his back. [Isa. 64:6; Luke 14:33; Ps. 38:4;
+Hab. 2:2; Acts 16:30,31] I looked, and saw him open the book,
+and read therein; and, as he read, he wept, and trembled; and, not
+being able longer to contain, he brake out with a lamentable cry,
+saying, "What shall I do?" [Acts 2:37]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{11} In this plight, therefore, he went home and refrained himself
+as long as he could, that his wife and children should not perceive
+his distress; but he could not be silent long, because that his
+trouble increased. Wherefore at length he brake his mind to his
+wife and children; and thus he began to talk to them: O my dear
+wife, said he, and you the children of my bowels, I, your dear
+friend, am in myself undone by reason of a burden that lieth hard
+upon me; moreover, I am for certain informed that this our city
+will be burned with fire from heaven; in which fearful overthrow,
+both myself, with thee my wife, and you my sweet babes, shall
+miserably come to ruin, except (the which yet I see not) some way
+of escape can be found, whereby we may be delivered. At this his
+relations were sore amazed; not for that they believed that what
+he had said to them was true, but because they thought that some
+frenzy distemper had got into his head; therefore, it drawing
+towards night, and they hoping that sleep might settle his brains,
+with all haste they got him to bed. But the night was as troublesome
+to him as the day; wherefore, instead of sleeping, he spent it in
+sighs and tears. So, when the morning was come, they would know
+how he did. He told them, Worse and worse: he also set to talking
+to them again; but they began to be hardened. They also thought
+to drive away his distemper by harsh and surly carriages to
+him; sometimes they would deride, sometimes they would chide, and
+sometimes they would quite neglect him. Wherefore he began to
+retire himself to his chamber, to pray for and pity them, and also
+to condole his own misery; he would also walk solitarily in the
+fields, sometimes reading, and sometimes praying: and thus for
+some days he spent his time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{12} Now, I saw, upon a time, when he was walking in the fields,
+that he was, as he was wont, reading in his book, and greatly
+distressed in his mind; and, as he read, he burst out, as he had
+done before, crying, "What shall I do to be saved?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{13} I saw also that he looked this way and that way, as if he
+would run; yet he stood still, because, as I perceived, he could
+not tell which way to go. I looked then, and saw a man named
+Evangelist coming to him and asked, Wherefore dost thou cry? [Job
+33:23]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{14} He answered, Sir, I perceive by the book in my hand, that
+I am condemned to die, and after that to come to judgement [Heb.
+9:27]; and I find that I am not willing to do the first [Job 16:21],
+nor able to do the second. [Ezek. 22:14]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHRISTIAN no sooner leaves the World but meets EVANGELIST, who
+lovingly him greets With tidings of another: and doth show Him
+how to mount to that from this below.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{15} Then said Evangelist, Why not willing to die, since this life
+is attended with so many evils? The man answered, Because I fear
+that this burden is upon my back will sink me lower than the grave,
+and I shall fall into Tophet. [Isa. 30:33] And, Sir, if I be not
+fit to go to prison, I am not fit, I am sure, to go to judgement,
+and from thence to execution; and the thoughts of these things make
+me cry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{16} Then said Evangelist, If this be thy condition, why standest
+thou still? He answered, Because I know not whither to go. Then
+he gave him a parchment roll, and there was written within, Flee
+from the wrath to come. [Matt. 3.7]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{17} The man therefore read it, and looking upon Evangelist
+very carefully, said, Whither must I fly? Then said Evangelist,
+pointing with his finger over a very wide field, Do you see yonder
+wicket-gate? [Matt. 7:13,14] The man said, No. Then said the other,
+Do you see yonder shining light? [Ps. 119:105; 2 Pet. 1:19] He
+said, I think I do. Then said Evangelist, Keep that light in your
+eye, and go up directly thereto: so shalt thou see the gate; at
+which, when thou knockest, it shall be told thee what thou shalt
+do.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{18} So I saw in my dream that the man began to run.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, he had not run far from his own door, but his wife and children,
+perceiving it, began to cry after him to return; but the man put
+his fingers in his ears, and ran on, crying, Life! life! eternal
+life! [Luke 14:26] So he looked not behind him, but fled towards
+the middle of the plain. [Gen. 19:17]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{19} The neighbours also came out to see him run [Jer. 20:10];
+and, as he ran, some mocked, others threatened, and some cried
+after him to return; and, among those that did so, there were two
+that resolved to fetch him back by force. The name of the one was
+Obstinate and the name of the other Pliable. Now, by this time,
+the man was got a good distance from them; but, however, they were
+resolved to pursue him, which they did, and in a little time they
+overtook him. Then said the man, Neighbours, wherefore are ye come?
+They said, To persuade you to go back with us. But he said, That
+can by no means be; you dwell, said he, in the City of Destruction,
+the place also where I was born: I see it to be so; and, dying
+there, sooner or later, you will sink lower than the grave, into
+a place that burns with fire and brimstone: be content, good
+neighbours, and go along with me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{20} OBST. What! said Obstinate, and leave our friends and our
+comforts behind us?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, said Christian, for that was his name, because that ALL
+which you shall forsake is not worthy to be compared with a little
+of that which I am seeking to enjoy [2 Cor. 4:18]; and, if you
+will go along with me, and hold it, you shall fare as I myself;
+for there, where I go, is enough and to spare. [Luke 15:17] Come
+away, and prove my words.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{21} OBST. What are the things you seek, since you leave all the
+world to find them?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I seek an inheritance incorruptible, undefiled, and that fadeth
+not away [1 Pet. 1:4], and it is laid up in heaven, and safe there
+[Heb. 11:16], to be bestowed, at the time appointed, on them that
+diligently seek it. Read it so, if you will, in my book.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+OBST. Tush! said Obstinate, away with your book; will you go back
+with us or no?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. No, not I, said the other, because I have laid my hand to the
+plough. [Luke 9:62]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{22} OBST. Come, then, neighbour Pliable, let us turn again,
+and go home without him; there is a company of these crazy-headed
+coxcombs, that, when they take a fancy by the end, are wiser in
+their own eyes than seven men that can render a reason. [Prov.
+26:16]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. Then said Pliable, Don't revile; if what the good Christian
+says is true, the things he looks after are better than ours: my
+heart inclines to go with my neighbour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+OBST. What! more fools still! Be ruled by me, and go back; who
+knows whither such a brain-sick fellow will lead you? Go back, go
+back, and be wise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{23} CHR. Nay, but do thou come with thy neighbour, Pliable; there
+are such things to be had which I spoke of, and many more glorious
+besides. If you believe not me, read here in this book; and for
+the truth of what is expressed therein, behold, all is confirmed
+by the blood of Him that made it. [Heb. 9:17-22; 13:20]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. Well, neighbour Obstinate, said Pliable, I begin to come to a
+point; I intend to go along with this good man, and to cast in my
+lot with him: but, my good companion, do you know the way to this
+desired place?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{24} CHR. I am directed by a man, whose name is Evangelist, to
+speed me to a little gate that is before us, where we shall receive
+instructions about the way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. Come, then, good neighbour, let us be going. Then they went
+both together.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+OBST. And I will go back to my place, said Obstinate; I will be no
+companion of such misled, fantastical fellows.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{25} Now, I saw in my dream, that when Obstinate was gone back,
+Christian and Pliable went talking over the plain; and thus they
+began their discourse.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{26} CHR. Come, neighbour Pliable, how do you do? I am glad you
+are persuaded to go along with me. Had even Obstinate himself
+but felt what I have felt of the powers and terrors of what is yet
+unseen, he would not thus lightly have given us the back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. Come, neighbour Christian, since there are none but us two
+here, tell me now further what the things are, and how to be enjoyed,
+whither we are going.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{27} CHR. I can better conceive of them with my mind, than speak
+of them with my tongue. God's things unspeakable: but yet, since
+you are desirous to know, I will read of them in my book.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. And do you think that the words of your book are certainly
+true?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, verily; for it was made by Him that cannot lie. [Titus
+1:2]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. Well said; what things are they?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. There is an endless kingdom to be inhabited, and everlasting
+life to be given us, that we may inhabit that kingdom for ever.
+[Isa. 45:17; John 10:28,29]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. Well said; and what else?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. There are crowns and glory to be given us, and garments that
+will make us shine like the sun in the firmament of heaven. [2
+Tim. 4:8; Rev. 3:4; Matt. 13:43]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. This is very pleasant; and what else?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. There shall be no more crying, nor Sorrow: for He that is
+owner of the place will wipe all tears from our eyes. [Isa. 25.6-8;
+Rev. 7:17, 21:4]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{28} PLI. And what company shall we have there?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. There we shall be with seraphims and cherubims, creatures that
+will dazzle your eyes to look on them. [Isa. 6:2] There also you
+shall meet with thousands and ten thousands that have gone before
+us to that place; none of them are hurtful, but loving and holy;
+every one walking in the sight of God, and standing in his presence
+with acceptance for ever. [1 Thess. 4:16,17; Rev. 5:11] In a
+word, there we shall see the elders with their golden crowns [Rev.
+4:4], there we shall see the holy virgins with their golden harps
+[Rev. 14:1-5], there we shall see men that by the world were cut
+in pieces, burnt in flames, eaten of beasts, drowned in the seas,
+for the love that they bare to the Lord of the place, all well, and
+clothed with immortality as with a garment. [John 12:25; 2 Cor.
+5:4]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. The hearing of this is enough to ravish one's heart. But are
+these things to be enjoyed? How shall we get to be sharers thereof?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. The Lord, the Governor of the country, hath recorded that in
+this book; the substance of which is, If we be truly willing to
+have it, he will bestow it upon us freely.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. Well, my good companion, glad am I to hear of these things:
+come on, let us mend our pace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I cannot go so fast as I would, by reason of this burden that
+is on my back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{29} Now I saw in my dream, that just as they had ended this talk
+they drew near to a very miry slough, that was in the midst of the
+plain; and they, being heedless, did both fall suddenly into the
+bog. The name of the slough was Despond. Here, therefore, they
+wallowed for a time, being grievously bedaubed with the dirt; and
+Christian, because of the burden that was on his back, began to
+sink in the mire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{30} PLI. Then said Pliable; Ah! neighbour Christian, where are
+you now?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Truly, said Christian, I do not know.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PLI. At this Pliable began to be offended, and angrily said to his
+fellow, Is this the happiness you have told me all this while of?
+If we have such ill speed at our first setting out, what may we
+expect betwixt this and our journey's end? May I get out again
+with my life, you shall possess the brave country alone for me.
+And, with that, he gave a desperate struggle or two, and got out
+of the mire on that side of the slough which was next to his own
+house: so away he went, and Christian saw him no more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{31} Wherefore Christian was left to tumble in the Slough of Despond
+alone: but still he endeavoured to struggle to that side of the
+slough that was still further from his own house, and next to the
+wicket-gate; the which he did, but could not get out, because of
+the burden that was upon his back: but I beheld in my dream, that
+a man came to him, whose name was Help, and asked him, What he did
+there?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Sir, said Christian, I was bid go this way by a man called
+Evangelist, who directed me also to yonder gate, that I might escape
+the wrath to come; and as I was going thither I fell in here.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{32} HELP. But why did not you look for the steps?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Fear followed me so hard, that I fled the next way, and fell
+in.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HELP. Then said he, Give me thy hand: so he gave him his hand, and
+he drew him out, and set him upon sound ground, and bid him go on
+his way. [Ps. 40:2]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{33} Then I stepped to him that plucked him out, and said,
+Sir, wherefore, since over this place is the way from the City of
+Destruction to yonder gate, is it that this plat is not mended,
+that poor travellers might go thither with more security? And he
+said unto me, This miry slough is such a place as cannot be mended;
+it is the descent whither the scum and filth that attends conviction
+for sin doth continually run, and therefore it is called the Slough
+of Despond; for still, as the sinner is awakened about his lost
+condition, there ariseth in his soul many fears, and doubts, and
+discouraging apprehensions, which all of them get together, and
+settle in this place. And this is the reason of the badness of
+this ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{34} It is not the pleasure of the King that this place should remain
+so bad. [Isa. 35:3,4] His labourers also have, by the direction
+of His Majesty's surveyors, been for above these sixteen hundred
+years employed about this patch of ground, if perhaps it might have
+been mended: yea, and to my knowledge, said he, here have been
+swallowed up at least twenty thousand cart-loads, yea, millions of
+wholesome instructions, that have at all seasons been brought from
+all places of the King's dominions, and they that can tell, say
+they are the best materials to make good ground of the place; if
+so be, it might have been mended, but it is the Slough of Despond
+still, and so will be when they have done what they can.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{35} True, there are, by the direction of the Law-giver, certain
+good and substantial steps, placed even through the very midst of
+this slough; but at such time as this place doth much spew out its
+filth, as it doth against change of weather, these steps are hardly
+seen; or, if they be, men, through the dizziness of their heads,
+step beside, and then they are bemired to purpose, notwithstanding
+the steps be there; but the ground is good when they are once got
+in at the gate. [1 Sam. 12:23]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{36} Now, I saw in my dream, that by this time Pliable was got home
+to his house again, so that his neighbours came to visit him; and
+some of them called him wise man for coming back, and some called
+him fool for hazarding himself with Christian: others again did mock
+at his cowardliness; saying, Surely, since you began to venture, I
+would not have been so base to have given out for a few difficulties.
+So Pliable sat sneaking among them. But at last he got more
+confidence, and then they all turned their tales, and began to
+deride poor Christian behind his back. And thus much concerning
+Pliable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{37} Now, as Christian was walking solitarily by himself, he espied
+one afar off, come crossing over the field to meet him; and their
+hap was to meet just as they were crossing the way of each other.
+The gentleman's name that met him was Mr. Worldly Wiseman, he dwelt
+in the town of Carnal Policy, a very great town, and also hard by
+from whence Christian came. This man, then, meeting with Christian,
+and having some inkling of him,--for Christian's setting forth
+from the City of Destruction was much noised abroad, not only in
+the town where he dwelt, but also it began to be the town talk in
+some other places,--Mr. Worldly Wiseman, therefore, having some
+guess of him, by beholding his laborious going, by observing his
+sighs and groans, and the like, began thus to enter into some talk
+with Christian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{38} WORLD. How now, good fellow, whither away after this burdened
+manner?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. A burdened manner, indeed, as ever, I think, poor creature
+had! And whereas you ask me, Whither away? I tell you, Sir, I am
+going to yonder wicket-gate before me; for there, as I am informed,
+I shall be put into a way to be rid of my heavy burden.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+WORLD. Hast thou a wife and children?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes; but I am so laden with this burden that I cannot take
+that pleasure in them as formerly; methinks I am as if I had none.
+[1 Cor 7:29]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+WORLD. Wilt thou hearken unto me if I give thee counsel?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. If it be good, I will; for I stand in need of good counsel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{39} WORLD. I would advise thee, then, that thou with all speed get
+thyself rid of thy burden; for thou wilt never be settled in thy
+mind till then; nor canst thou enjoy the benefits of the blessing
+which God hath bestowed upon thee till then.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. That is that which I seek for, even to be rid of this heavy
+burden; but get it off myself, I cannot; nor is there any man in
+our country that can take it off my shoulders; therefore am I going
+this way, as I told you, that I may be rid of my burden.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+WORLD. Who bid thee go this way to be rid of thy burden?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. A man that appeared to me to be a very great and honourable
+person; his name, as I remember, is Evangelist.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{40} WORLD. I beshrew him for his counsel! there is not a more
+dangerous and troublesome way in the world than is that unto which
+he hath directed thee; and that thou shalt find, if thou wilt be
+ruled by his counsel. Thou hast met with something, as I perceive,
+already; for I see the dirt of the Slough of Despond is upon thee;
+but that slough is the beginning of the sorrows that do attend
+those that go on in that way. Hear me, I am older than thou; thou
+art like to meet with, in the way which thou goest, wearisomeness,
+painfulness, hunger, perils, nakedness, sword, lions, dragons,
+darkness, and, in a word, death, and what not! These things are
+certainly true, having been confirmed by many testimonies. And why
+should a man so carelessly cast away himself, by giving heed to a
+stranger?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, Sir, this burden upon my back is more terrible to me than
+all these things which you have mentioned; nay, methinks I care
+not what I meet with in the way, if so be I can also meet with
+deliverance from my burden.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{41} WORLD. How camest thou by the burden at first?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. By reading this book in my hand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+WORLD. I thought so; and it is happened unto thee as to other weak
+men, who, meddling with things too high for them, do suddenly fall
+into thy distractions; which distractions do not only unman men, as
+thine, I perceive, have done thee, but they run them upon desperate
+ventures to obtain they know not what.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I know what I would obtain; it is ease for my heavy burden.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{42} WORLD. But why wilt thou seek for ease this way, seeing so
+many dangers attend it? especially since, hadst thou but patience
+to hear me, I could direct thee to the obtaining of what thou desirest,
+without the dangers that thou in this way wilt run thyself into;
+yea, and the remedy is at hand. Besides, I will add, that instead
+of those dangers, thou shalt meet with much safety, friendship,
+and content.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Pray, Sir, open this secret to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{43} WORLD. Why, in yonder village--the village is named Morality--
+there dwells a gentleman whose name is Legality, a very judicious
+man, and a man of very good name, that has skill to help men
+off with such burdens as thine are from their shoulders: yea, to
+my knowledge, he hath done a great deal of good this way; ay, and
+besides, he hath skill to cure those that are somewhat crazed in
+their wits with their burdens. To him, as I said, thou mayest go,
+and be helped presently. His house is not quite a mile from this
+place, and if he should not be at home himself, he hath a pretty
+young man to his son, whose name is Civility, that can do it (to
+speak on) as well as the old gentleman himself; there, I say, thou
+mayest be eased of thy burden; and if thou art not minded to go
+back to thy former habitation, as, indeed, I would not wish thee,
+thou mayest send for thy wife and children to thee to this village,
+where there are houses now stand empty, one of which thou mayest
+have at reasonable rates; provision is there also cheap and good;
+and that which will make thy life the more happy is, to be sure,
+there thou shalt live by honest neighbours, in credit and good
+fashion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{44} Now was Christian somewhat at a stand; but presently he concluded,
+if this be true, which this gentleman hath said, my wisest course
+is to take his advice; and with that he thus further spoke.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{45} CHR. Sir, which is my way to this honest man's house?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+WORLD. Do you see yonder hill?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, very well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+WORLD. By that hill you must go, and the first house you come at
+is his.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{46} So Christian turned out of his way to go to Mr. Legality's
+house for help; but, behold, when he was got now hard by the hill,
+it seemed so high, and also that side of it that was next the
+wayside did hang so much over, that Christian was afraid to venture
+further, lest the hill should fall on his head; wherefore there he
+stood still and wotted not what to do. Also his burden now seemed
+heavier to him than while he was in his way. There came also
+flashes of fire out of the hill, that made Christian afraid that
+he should be burned. [Ex. 19:16, 18] Here, therefore, he sweat
+and did quake for fear. [Heb. 12:21]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When Christians unto carnal men give ear, Out of their way they
+go, and pay for 't dear; For Master Worldly Wiseman can but shew
+A saint the way to bondage and to woe.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{47} And now he began to be sorry that he had taken Mr. Worldly
+Wiseman's counsel. And with that he saw Evangelist coming to meet
+him; at the sight also of whom he began to blush for shame. So
+Evangelist drew nearer and nearer; and coming up to him, he looked
+upon him with a severe and dreadful countenance, and thus began to
+reason with Christian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{48} EVAN. What dost thou here, Christian? said he: at which
+words Christian knew not what to answer; wherefore at present he
+stood speechless before him. Then said Evangelist further, Art not
+thou the man that I found crying without the walls of the City of
+Destruction?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, dear Sir, I am the man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. Did not I direct thee the way to the little wicket-gate?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, dear Sir, said Christian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. How is it, then, that thou art so quickly turned aside? for
+thou art now out of the way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{49} CHR. I met with a gentleman so soon as I had got over the
+Slough of Despond, who persuaded me that I might, in the village
+before me, find a man that would take off my burden.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. What was he?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. He looked like a gentleman, and talked much to me, and got me
+at last to yield; so I came hither; but when I beheld this hill, and
+how it hangs over the way, I suddenly made a stand lest it should
+fall on my head.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. What said that gentleman to you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, he asked me whither I was going, and I told him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. And what said he then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. He asked me if I had a family? And I told him. But, said I,
+I am so loaden with the burden that is on my back, that I cannot
+take pleasure in them as formerly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. And what said he then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{50} CHR. He bid me with speed get rid of my burden; and I told him
+that it was ease that I sought. And said I, I am therefore going
+to yonder gate, to receive further direction how I may get to the
+place of deliverance. So he said that he would shew me a better
+way, and short, not so attended with difficulties as the way,
+Sir, that you set me in; which way, said he, will direct you to
+a gentleman's house that hath skill to take off these burdens, so
+I believed him, and turned out of that way into this, if haply I
+might be soon eased of my burden. But when I came to this place,
+and beheld things as they are, I stopped for fear (as I said) of
+danger: but I now know not what to do.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{51} EVAN. Then, said Evangelist, stand still a little, that I
+may show thee the words of God. So he stood trembling. Then said
+Evangelist, "See that ye refuse not him that speaketh. For if they
+escaped not who refused him that spake on earth, much more shall
+not we escape, if we turn away from him that speaketh from heaven."
+[Heb. 12:25] He said, moreover, "Now the just shall live by faith:
+but if any man draw back, my soul shall have no pleasure in him."
+[Heb. 10:38] He also did thus apply them: Thou art the man that
+art running into this misery; thou hast begun to reject the counsel
+of the Most High, and to draw back thy foot from the way of peace,
+even almost to the hazarding of thy perdition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{52} Then Christian fell down at his feet as dead, crying, "Woe
+is me, for I am undone!" At the sight of which Evangelist caught
+him by the right hand, saying, "All manner of sin and blasphemies
+shall be forgiven unto men." [Matt. 12:31, Mark 3:28] "Be not
+faithless, but believing." [John 20:27] Then did Christian again a
+little revive, and stood up trembling, as at first, before Evangelist.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{53} Then Evangelist proceeded, saying, Give more earnest heed to
+the things that I shall tell thee of. I will now show thee who it
+was that deluded thee, and who it was also to whom he sent thee.
+--The man that met thee is one Worldly Wiseman, and rightly is he
+so called; partly, because he savoureth only the doctrine of this
+world, [1 John 4:5] (therefore he always goes to the town of Morality
+to church): and partly because he loveth that doctrine best, for
+it saveth him best from the cross. [Gal 6:12] And because he is
+of this carnal temper, therefore he seeketh to pervert my ways,
+though right. Now there are three things in this man's counsel,
+that thou must utterly abhor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+1. His turning thee out of the way. 2. His labouring to render
+the cross odious to thee. And, 3. His setting thy feet in that
+way that leadeth unto the administration of death.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{54} First, Thou must abhor his turning thee out of the way; and
+thine own consenting thereunto: because this is to reject the
+counsel of God for the sake of the counsel of a Worldly Wiseman.
+The Lord says, "Strive to enter in at the strait gate" [Luke 13:24],
+the gate to which I sent thee; for "strait is the gate that leadeth
+unto life, and few there be that find it." [Matt. 7:14] From this
+little wicket-gate, and from the way thereto, hath this wicked man
+turned thee, to the bringing of thee almost to destruction; hate,
+therefore, his turning thee out of the way, and abhor thyself for
+hearkening to him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{55} Secondly, Thou must abhor his labouring to render the cross
+odious unto thee; for thou art to prefer it "before the treasures
+in Egypt." [Heb. 11:25,26] Besides the King of glory hath told
+thee, that he that "will save his life shall lose it." [Mark 8:35;
+John 12:25; Matt. 10:39] And, "He that cometh after me, and hateth
+not his father, and mother, and wife, and children, and brethren,
+and sisters, yea, and his own life also, he cannot be my disciple."
+[Luke 14:26] I say, therefore, for man to labour to persuade thee,
+that that shall be thy death, without which, THE TRUTH hath said,
+thou canst not have eternal life; this doctrine thou must abhor.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{56} Thirdly, Thou must hate his setting of thy feet in the way
+that leadeth to the ministration of death. And for this thou must
+consider to whom he sent thee, and also how unable that person was
+to deliver thee from thy burden.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{57} He to whom thou wast sent for ease, being by name Legality,
+is the son of the bond-woman which now is, and is in bondage with
+her children [Gal 4:21-27]; and is, in a mystery, this Mount Sinai,
+which thou hast feared will fall on thy head. Now, if she, with
+her children, are in bondage, how canst thou expect by them to be
+made free? This Legality, therefore, is not able to set thee free
+from thy burden. No man was as yet ever rid of his burden by him;
+no, nor ever is like to be: ye cannot be justified by the works
+of the law; for by the deeds of the law no man living can be rid
+of his burden: therefore, Mr. Worldly Wiseman is an alien, and
+Mr. Legality is a cheat; and for his son Civility, notwithstanding
+his simpering looks, he is but a hypocrite and cannot help thee.
+Believe me, there is nothing in all this noise, that thou hast
+heard of these sottish men, but a design to beguile thee of thy
+salvation, by turning thee from the way in which I had set thee.
+After this, Evangelist called aloud to the heavens for confirmation
+of what he had said: and with that there came words and fire out
+of the mountain under which poor Christian stood, that made the
+hair of his flesh stand up. The words were thus pronounced: 'As
+many as are of the works of the law are under the curse; for it
+is written, Cursed is every one that continueth not in all things
+which are written in the book of the law to do them.' [Gal. 3:10]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{58} Now Christian looked for nothing but death, and began to cry
+out lamentably; even cursing the time in which he met with Mr. Worldly
+Wiseman; still calling himself a thousand fools for hearkening
+to his counsel; he also was greatly ashamed to think that this
+gentleman's arguments, flowing only from the flesh, should have
+the prevalency with him as to cause him to forsake the right way.
+This done, he applied himself again to Evangelist in words and
+sense as follow:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{59} CHR. Sir, what think you? Is there hope? May I now go back
+and go up to the wicket-gate? Shall I not be abandoned for this,
+and sent back from thence ashamed? I am sorry I have hearkened to
+this man's counsel. But may my sin be forgiven?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. Then said Evangelist to him, Thy sin is very great, for by
+it thou hast committed two evils: thou hast forsaken the way that
+is good, to tread in forbidden paths; yet will the man at the gate
+receive thee, for he has goodwill for men; only, said he, take heed
+that thou turn not aside again, 'lest thou perish from the way,
+when his wrath is kindled but a little.' [Ps. 2:12] Then did
+Christian address himself to go back; and Evangelist, after he had
+kissed him, gave him one smile, and bid him God-speed. So he went
+on with haste, neither spake he to any man by the way; nor, if any
+asked him, would he vouchsafe them an answer. He went like one
+that was all the while treading on forbidden ground, and could by
+no means think himself safe, till again he was got into the way
+which he left, to follow Mr. Worldly Wiseman's counsel. So, in
+process of time, Christian got up to the gate. Now, over the gate
+there was written, 'Knock, and it shall be opened unto you.' [Matt
+7:8]
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+{60} "He that will enter in must first without<br/>
+ Stand knocking at the Gate, nor need he doubt<br/>
+ That is A KNOCKER but to enter in;<br/>
+ For God can love him, and forgive his sin."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He knocked, therefore, more than once or twice, saying--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ "May I now enter here? Will he within<br/>
+ Open to sorry me, though I have been<br/>
+ An undeserving rebel? Then shall I<br/>
+ Not fail to sing his lasting praise on high."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+At last there came a grave person to the gate, named Good-will, who
+asked who was there? and whence he came? and what he would have?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{61} CHR. Here is a poor burdened sinner. I come from the City of
+Destruction, but am going to Mount Zion, that I may be delivered
+from the wrath to come. I would therefore, Sir, since I am informed
+that by this gate is the way thither, know if you are willing to
+let me in?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. I am willing with all my heart, said he; and with that
+he opened the gate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{62} So when Christian was stepping in, the other gave him a
+pull. Then said Christian, What means that? The other told him.
+A little distance from this gate, there is erected a strong castle,
+of which Beelzebub is the captain; from thence, both he and them
+that are with him shoot arrows at those that come up to this gate,
+if haply they may die before they can enter in.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said Christian, I rejoice and tremble. So when he was got
+in, the man of the gate asked him who directed him thither?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{63} CHR. Evangelist bid me come hither, and knock, (as I did);
+and he said that you, Sir, would tell me what I must do.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. An open door is set before thee, and no man can shut
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Now I begin to reap the benefits of my hazards.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. But how is it that you came alone?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Because none of my neighbours saw their danger, as I saw mine.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. Did any of them know of your coming?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes; my wife and children saw me at the first, and called
+after me to turn again; also, some of my neighbours stood crying
+and calling after me to return; but I put my fingers in my ears,
+and so came on my way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. But did none of them follow you, to persuade you to go
+back?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, both Obstinate and Pliable; but when they saw that they
+could not prevail, Obstinate went railing back, but Pliable came
+with me a little way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. But why did he not come through?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{64} CHR. We, indeed, came both together, until we came at the Slough
+of Despond, into the which we also suddenly fell. And then was
+my neighbour, Pliable, discouraged, and would not venture further.
+Wherefore, getting out again on that side next to his own house,
+he told me I should possess the brave country alone for him; so he
+went his way, and I came mine--he after Obstinate, and I to this
+gate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. Then said Good-will, Alas, poor man! is the celestial
+glory of so small esteem with him, that he counteth it not worth
+running the hazards of a few difficulties to obtain it?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{65} CHR. Truly, said Christian, I have said the truth of Pliable,
+and if I should also say all the truth of myself, it will appear
+there is no betterment betwixt him and myself. It is true, he went
+back to his own house, but I also turned aside to go in the way of
+death, being persuaded thereto by the carnal arguments of one Mr.
+Worldly Wiseman.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. Oh, did he light upon you? What! he would have had you
+a sought for ease at the hands of Mr. Legality. They are, both of
+them, a very cheat. But did you take his counsel?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, as far as I durst; I went to find out Mr. Legality, until
+I thought that the mountain that stands by his house would have
+fallen upon my head; wherefore there I was forced to stop.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. That mountain has been the death of many, and will be
+the death of many more; it is well you escaped being by it dashed
+in pieces.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, truly, I do not know what had become of me there, had
+not Evangelist happily met me again, as I was musing in the midst
+of my dumps; but it was God's mercy that he came to me again, for
+else I had never come hither. But now I am come, such a one as
+I am, more fit, indeed, for death, by that mountain, than thus to
+stand talking with my lord; but, oh, what a favour is this to me,
+that yet I am admitted entrance here!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{66} GOOD-WILL. We make no objections against any, notwithstanding
+all that they have done before they came hither. They are in no
+wise cast out [John vi.37]; and therefore, good Christian, come a
+little way with me, and I will teach thee about the way thou must
+go. Look before thee; dost thou see this narrow way? THAT is
+the way thou must go; it was cast up by the patriarchs, prophets,
+Christ, and his apostles; and it is as straight as a rule can make
+it. This is the way thou must go.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{67} CHR. But, said Christian, are there no turnings or windings
+by which a stranger may lose his way?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+GOOD-WILL. Yes, there are many ways butt down upon this, and they
+are crooked and wide. But thus thou mayest distinguish the right
+from the wrong, the right only being straight and narrow. [Matt
+7:14]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{68} Then I saw in my dream that Christian asked him further if
+he could not help him off with his burden that was upon his back;
+for as yet he had not got rid thereof, nor could he by any means
+get it off without help.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He told him, As to thy burden, be content to bear it, until thou
+comest to the place of deliverance; for there it will fall from
+thy back of itself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{69} Then Christian began to gird up his loins, and to address
+himself to his journey. So the other told him, That by that he
+was gone some distance from the gate, he would come at the house of
+the Interpreter, at whose door he should knock, and he would show
+him excellent things. Then Christian took his leave of his friend,
+and he again bid him God-speed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{70} Then he went on till he came to the house of the Interpreter,
+where he knocked over and over; at last one came to the door, and
+asked who was there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{71} CHR. Sir, here is a traveller, who was bid by an acquaintance
+of the good-man of this house to call here for my profit; I would
+therefore speak with the master of the house. So he called for the
+master of the house, who, after a little time, came to Christian,
+and asked him what he would have.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Sir, said Christian, I am a man that am come from the City
+of Destruction, and am going to the Mount Zion; and I was told by
+the man that stands at the gate, at the head of this way, that if
+I called here, you would show me excellent things, such as would
+be a help to me in my journey.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{72} INTER. Then said the Interpreter, Come in; I will show that
+which will be profitable to thee. So he commanded his man to light
+the candle, and bid Christian follow him: so he had him into
+a private room, and bid his man open a door; the which when he
+had done, Christian saw the picture of a very grave person hang
+up against the wall; and this was the fashion of it. It had eyes
+lifted up to heaven, the best of books in his hand, the law of
+truth was written upon his lips, the world was behind his back.
+It stood as if it pleaded with men, and a crown of gold did hang
+over his head.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then said Christian, What meaneth this?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{73} INTER. The man whose picture this is, is one of a thousand; he
+can beget children [1 Cor. 4:15], travail in birth with children
+[Gal. 4:19], and nurse them himself when they are born. And whereas
+thou seest him with his eyes lift up to heaven, the best of books
+in his hand, and the law of truth writ on his lips, it is to show
+thee that his work is to know and unfold dark things to sinners;
+even as also thou seest him stand as if he pleaded with men: and
+whereas thou seest the world as cast behind him, and that a crown
+hangs over his head, that is to show thee that slighting and
+despising the things that are present, for the love that he hath
+to his Master's service, he is sure in the world that comes next
+to have glory for his reward. Now, said the Interpreter, I have
+showed thee this picture first, because the man whose picture this
+is, is the only man whom the Lord of the place whither thou art
+going, hath authorised to be thy guide in all difficult places thou
+mayest meet with in the way; wherefore, take good heed to what I
+have shewed thee, and bear well in thy mind what thou hast seen,
+lest in thy journey thou meet with some that pretend to lead thee
+right, but their way goes down to death.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{74} Then he took him by the hand, and led him into a very large
+parlour that was full of dust, because never swept; the which after
+he had reviewed a little while, the Interpreter called for a man to
+sweep. Now, when he began to sweep, the dust began so abundantly
+to fly about, that Christian had almost therewith been choked.
+Then said the Interpreter to a damsel that stood by, Bring hither
+the water, and sprinkle the room; the which, when she had done, it
+was swept and cleansed with pleasure.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{75} CHR. Then said Christian, What means this?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. The Interpreter answered, This parlour is the heart of
+a man that was never sanctified by the sweet grace of the gospel;
+the dust is his original sin and inward corruptions, that have defiled
+the whole man. He that began to sweep at first, is the Law; but
+she that brought water, and did sprinkle it, is the Gospel. Now,
+whereas thou sawest, that so soon as the first began to sweep, the
+dust did so fly about that the room by him could not be cleansed,
+but that thou wast almost choked therewith; this is to shew thee,
+that the law, instead of cleansing the heart (by its working) from
+sin, doth revive, put strength into, and increase it in the soul,
+even as it doth discover and forbid it, for it doth not give power
+to subdue. [Rom. 7:6; 1 Cor. 15:56; Rom. 5:20]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{76} Again, as thou sawest the damsel sprinkle the room with water,
+upon which it was cleansed with pleasure; this is to show thee,
+that when the gospel comes in the sweet and precious influences
+thereof to the heart, then, I say, even as thou sawest the damsel
+lay the dust by sprinkling the floor with water, so is sin vanquished
+and subdued, and the soul made clean through the faith of it, and
+consequently fit for the King of glory to inhabit. [John 15:3;
+Eph. 5:26; Acts 15:9; Rom. 16:25,26; John 15:13]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{77} I saw, moreover, in my dream, that the Interpreter took him
+by the hand, and had him into a little room, where sat two little
+children, each one in his chair. The name of the eldest was
+Passion, and the name of the other Patience. Passion seemed to
+be much discontented; but Patience was very quiet. Then Christian
+asked, What is the reason of the discontent of Passion? The
+Interpreter answered, The Governor of them would have him stay for
+his best things till the beginning of the next year; but he will
+have all now: but Patience is willing to wait.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then I saw that one came to Passion, and brought him a bag of treasure,
+and poured it down at his feet, the which he took up and rejoiced
+therein, and withal laughed Patience to scorn. But I beheld but a
+while, and he had lavished all away, and had nothing left him but
+rags.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{78} CHR. Then said Christian to the Interpreter, Expound this
+matter more fully to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. So he said, These two lads are figures: Passion, of the men
+of this world; and Patience, of the men of that which is to come;
+for as here thou seest, Passion will have all now this year, that
+is to say, in this world; so are the men of this world, they must
+have all their good things now, they cannot stay till next year,
+that is until the next world, for their portion of good. That
+proverb, 'A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush', is of more
+authority with them than are all the Divine testimonies of the
+good of the world to come. But as thou sawest that he had quickly
+lavished all away, and had presently left him nothing but rags; so
+will it be with all such men at the end of this world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then said Christian, Now I see that Patience has the best
+wisdom, and that upon many accounts. First, because he stays for
+the best things. Second, and also because he will have the glory
+of his, when the other has nothing but rags.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{79} INTER. Nay, you may add another, to wit, the glory of the next
+world will never wear out; but these are suddenly gone. Therefore
+Passion had not so much reason to laugh at Patience, because he had
+his good things first, as Patience will have to laugh at Passion,
+because he had his best things last; for first must give place to
+last, because last must have his time to come; but last gives place
+to nothing; for there is not another to succeed. He, therefore,
+that hath his portion first, must needs have a time to spend it;
+but he that hath his portion last, must have it lastingly; therefore
+it is said of Dives, "Thou in thy life-time receivedst thy good
+things, and likewise Lazarus evil things; but now he is comforted,
+and thou art tormented." [Luke 16:25]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then I perceive it is not best to covet things that are now,
+but to wait for things to come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. You say the truth: "For the things which are seen are
+temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal." [2 Cor.
+4:18] But though this be so, yet since things present and our
+fleshly appetite are such near neighbours one to another; and again,
+because things to come, and carnal sense, are such strangers one
+to another; therefore it is, that the first of these so suddenly
+fall into amity, and that distance is so continued between the
+second.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{80} Then I saw in my dream that the Interpreter took Christian by
+the hand, and led him into a place where was a fire burning against
+a wall, and one standing by it, always casting much water upon it,
+to quench it; yet did the fire burn higher and hotter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said Christian, What means this?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{81} The Interpreter answered, This fire is the work of grace that
+is wrought in the heart; he that casts water upon it, to extinguish
+and put it out, is the Devil; but in that thou seest the fire
+notwithstanding burn higher and hotter, thou shalt also see the
+reason of that. So he had him about to the backside of the wall,
+where he saw a man with a vessel of oil in his hand, of the which
+he did also continually cast, but secretly, into the fire.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said Christian, What means this?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{82} The Interpreter answered, This is Christ, who continually,
+with the oil of his grace, maintains the work already begun in the
+heart: by the means of which, notwithstanding what the devil can
+do, the souls of his people prove gracious still. [2 Cor. 12:9]
+And in that thou sawest that the man stood behind the wall to
+maintain the fire, that is to teach thee that it is hard for the
+tempted to see how this work of grace is maintained in the soul.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I saw also, that the Interpreter took him again by the hand, and
+led him into a pleasant place, where was builded a stately palace,
+beautiful to behold; at the sight of which Christian was greatly
+delighted. He saw also, upon the top thereof, certain persons
+walking, who were clothed all in gold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said Christian, May we go in thither?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{83} Then the Interpreter took him, and led him up towards the
+door of the palace; and behold, at the door stood a great company
+of men, as desirous to go in; but durst not. There also sat a man
+at a little distance from the door, at a table-side, with a book
+and his inkhorn before him, to take the name of him that should
+enter therein; he saw also, that in the doorway stood many men in
+armour to keep it, being resolved to do the men that would enter
+what hurt and mischief they could. Now was Christian somewhat in
+amaze. At last, when every man started back for fear of the armed
+men, Christian saw a man of a very stout countenance come up to the
+man that sat there to write, saying, Set down my name, Sir: the
+which when he had done, he saw the man draw his sword, and put
+a helmet upon his head, and rush toward the door upon the armed
+men, who laid upon him with deadly force; but the man, not at all
+discouraged, fell to cutting and hacking most fiercely. So after
+he had received and given many wounds to those that attempted to
+keep him out, he cut his way through them all [Acts 14:22], and
+pressed forward into the palace, at which there was a pleasant voice
+heard from those that were within, even of those that walked upon
+the top of the palace, saying--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Come in, come in; Eternal glory thou shalt win."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So he went in, and was clothed with such garments as they. Then
+Christian smiled and said; I think verily I know the meaning of
+this.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{84} Now, said Christian, let me go hence. Nay, stay, said the
+Interpreter, till I have shewed thee a little more, and after that
+thou shalt go on thy way. So he took him by the hand again, and
+led him into a very dark room, where there sat a man in an iron
+cage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now the man, to look on, seemed very sad; he sat with his eyes looking
+down to the ground, his hands folded together, and he sighed as if
+he would break his heart. Then said Christian, What means this?
+At which the Interpreter bid him talk with the man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said Christian to the man, What art thou? The man answered,
+I am what I was not once.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{85} CHR. What wast thou once?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MAN. The man said, I was once a fair and flourishing professor,
+both in mine own eyes, and also in the eyes of others; I once was,
+as I thought, fair for the Celestial City, and had then even joy
+at the thoughts that I should get thither. [Luke 8:13]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, but what art thou now?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MAN. I am now a man of despair, and am shut up in it, as in this
+iron cage. I cannot get out. Oh, now I cannot!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But how camest thou in this condition?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MAN. I left off to watch and be sober. I laid the reins, upon the
+neck of my lusts; I sinned against the light of the Word and the
+goodness of God; I have grieved the Spirit, and he is gone; I tempted
+the devil, and he is come to me; I have provoked God to anger, and
+he has left me: I have so hardened my heart, that I cannot repent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{86} Then said Christian to the Interpreter, But is there no hope
+for such a man as this? Ask him, said the Interpreter. Nay, said
+Christian, pray, Sir, do you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. Then said the Interpreter, Is there no hope, but you must
+be kept in the iron cage of despair?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MAN. No, none at all.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. Why, the Son of the Blessed is very pitiful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MAN. I have crucified him to myself afresh [Heb. 6:6]; I have
+despised his person [Luke 19:14]; I have despised his righteousness;
+I have "counted his blood an unholy thing"; I have "done despite
+to the Spirit of grace". [Heb. 10:28-29] Therefore I have shut
+myself out of all the promises, and there now remains to me nothing
+but threatenings, dreadful threatenings, fearful threatenings, of
+certain judgement and fiery indignation, which shall devour me as
+an adversary.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{87} INTER. For what did you bring yourself into this condition?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MAN. For the lusts, pleasures, and profits of this world; in the
+enjoyment of which I did then promise myself much delight; but now
+every one of those things also bite me, and gnaw me like a burning
+worm.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. But canst thou not now repent and turn?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{88} MAN. God hath denied me repentance. His Word gives me no
+encouragement to believe; yea, himself hath shut me up in this iron
+cage; nor can all the men in the world let me out. O eternity,
+eternity! how shall I grapple with the misery that I must meet
+with in eternity!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. Then said the Interpreter to Christian, Let this man's misery
+be remembered by thee, and be an everlasting caution to thee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, said Christian, this is fearful! God help me to watch
+and be sober, and to pray that I may shun the cause of this man's
+misery! Sir, is it not time for me to go on my way now?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. Tarry till I shall show thee one thing more, and then thou
+shalt go on thy way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{89} So he took Christian by the hand again, and led him into
+a chamber, where there was one rising out of bed; and as he put
+on his raiment, he shook and trembled. Then said Christian, Why
+doth this man thus tremble? The Interpreter then bid him tell to
+Christian the reason of his so doing. So he began and said, This
+night, as I was in my sleep, I dreamed, and behold the heavens grew
+exceeding black; also it thundered and lightened in most fearful
+wise, that it put me into an agony; so I looked up in my dream, and
+saw the clouds rack at an unusual rate, upon which I heard a great
+sound of a trumpet, and saw also a man sit upon a cloud, attended
+with the thousands of heaven; they were all in flaming fire: also
+the heavens were in a burning flame. I heard then a voice saying,
+"Arise, ye dead, and come to judgement"; and with that the rocks
+rent, the graves opened, and the dead that were therein came forth.
+Some of them were exceeding glad, and looked upward; and some
+sought to hide themselves under the mountains. [1 Cor. 15:52; 1
+Thes. 4:16; Jude 14; John 5:28,29; 2 Thes. 1:7,8; Rev. 20:11-14;
+Isa. 26:21; Micah 7:16,17; Ps. 95:1-3; Dan. 7:10] Then I saw the
+man that sat upon the cloud open the book, and bid the world draw
+near. Yet there was, by reason of a fierce flame which issued out
+and came from before him, a convenient distance betwixt him and
+them, as betwixt the judge and the prisoners at the bar. [Mal.
+3:2,3; Dan. 7:9,10] I heard it also proclaimed to them that attended
+on the man that sat on the cloud, Gather together the tares, the
+chaff, and stubble, and cast them into the burning lake. [Matt.
+3:12; 13:30; Mal. 4:1] And with that, the bottomless pit opened,
+just whereabout I stood; out of the mouth of which there came, in
+an abundant manner, smoke and coals of fire, with hideous noises.
+It was also said to the same persons, "Gather my wheat into
+the garner." [Luke 3:17] And with that I saw many catched up and
+carried away into the clouds, but I was left behind. [1 Thes.
+4:16,17] I also sought to hide myself, but I could not, for the man
+that sat upon the cloud still kept his eye upon me; my sins also
+came into my mind; and my conscience did accuse me on every side.
+[Rom. 3:14,15] Upon this I awaked from my sleep.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{90} CHR. But what is it that made you so afraid of this sight?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MAN. Why, I thought that the day of judgement was come, and that I
+was not ready for it: but this frighted me most, that the angels
+gathered up several, and left me behind; also the pit of hell opened
+her mouth just where I stood. My conscience, too, afflicted me;
+and, as I thought, the Judge had always his eye upon me, shewing
+indignation in his countenance.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{91} Then said the Interpreter to Christian, Hast thou considered
+all these things?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, and they put me in hope and fear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+INTER. Well, keep all things so in thy mind that they may be as a
+goad in thy sides, to prick thee forward in the way thou must go.
+Then Christian began to gird up his loins, and to address himself
+to his journey. Then said the Interpreter, The Comforter be always
+with thee, good Christian, to guide thee in the way that leads to
+the City. So Christian went on his way, saying--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Here I have seen things rare and profitable; Things pleasant,
+dreadful, things to make me stable In what I have begun to take
+in hand; Then let me think on them, and understand Wherefore they
+showed me were, and let me be Thankful, O good Interpreter, to
+thee."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{92} Now I saw in my dream, that the highway up which Christian
+was to go, was fenced on either side with a wall, and that wall
+was called Salvation. [Isa. 26:1] Up this way, therefore, did
+burdened Christian run, but not without great difficulty, because
+of the load on his back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{93} He ran thus till he came at a place somewhat ascending, and
+upon that place stood a cross, and a little below, in the bottom,
+a sepulchre. So I saw in my dream, that just as Christian came up
+with the cross, his burden loosed from off his shoulders, and fell
+from off his back, and began to tumble, and so continued to do,
+till it came to the mouth of the sepulchre, where it fell in, and
+I saw it no more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{94} Then was Christian glad and lightsome, and said, with a
+merry heart, "He hath given me rest by his sorrow, and life by his
+death." Then he stood still awhile to look and wonder; for it was
+very surprising to him, that the sight of the cross should thus
+ease him of his burden. He looked therefore, and looked again,
+even till the springs that were in his head sent the waters down
+his cheeks. [Zech. 12:10] Now, as he stood looking and weeping,
+behold three Shining Ones came to him and saluted him with "Peace
+be unto thee". So the first said to him, "Thy sins be forgiven
+thee" [Mark 2:5]; the second stripped him of his rags, and clothed
+him with change of raiment [Zech. 3:4]; the third also set a mark
+on his forehead, and gave him a roll with a seal upon it, which he
+bade him look on as he ran, and that he should give it in at the
+Celestial Gate. [Eph. 1:13] So they went their way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Who's this? the Pilgrim. How! 'tis very true, Old things are
+past away, all's become new. Strange! he's another man, upon my
+word, They be fine feathers that make a fine bird.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Christian gave three leaps for joy, and went on singing--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ "Thus far I did come laden with my sin;<br/>
+ Nor could aught ease the grief that I was in<br/>
+ Till I came hither: What a place is this!<br/>
+ Must here be the beginning of my bliss?<br/>
+ Must here the burden fall from off my back?<br/>
+ Must here the strings that bound it to me crack?<br/>
+ Blest cross! blest sepulchre! blest rather be<br/>
+ The Man that there was put to shame for me!"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{95} I saw then in my dream, that he went on thus, even until he
+came at a bottom, where he saw, a little out of the way, three men
+fast asleep, with fetters upon their heels. The name of the one
+was Simple, another Sloth, and the third Presumption.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{96} Christian then seeing them lie in this case went to them, if
+peradventure he might awake them, and cried, You are like them that
+sleep on the top of a mast, for the Dead Sea is under you--a gulf
+that hath no bottom. [Prov. 23:34] Awake, therefore, and come
+away; be willing also, and I will help you off with your irons. He
+also told them, If he that "goeth about like a roaring lion" comes
+by, you will certainly become a prey to his teeth. [1 Pet. 5:8]
+With that they looked upon him, and began to reply in this sort:
+Simple said, "I see no danger"; Sloth said, "Yet a little more
+sleep"; and Presumption said, "Every fat must stand upon its own
+bottom; what is the answer else that I should give thee?" And so
+they lay down to sleep again, and Christian went on his way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{97} Yet was he troubled to think that men in that danger should
+so little esteem the kindness of him that so freely offered to help
+them, both by awakening of them, counselling of them, and proffering
+to help them off with their irons. And as he was troubled thereabout,
+he espied two men come tumbling over the wall on the left hand of
+the narrow way; and they made up apace to him. The name of the one
+was Formalist, and the name of the other Hypocrisy. So, as I said,
+they drew up unto him, who thus entered with them into discourse.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{98} CHR. Gentlemen, whence came you, and whither go you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FORM. and HYP. We were born in the land of Vain-glory, and are
+going for praise to Mount Zion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why came you not in at the gate which standeth at the beginning
+of the way? Know you not that it is written, that he that cometh
+not in by the door, "but climbeth up some other way, the same is
+a thief and a robber?" [John 10:1]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FORM. and HYP. They said, That to go to the gate for entrance was,
+by all their countrymen, counted too far about; and that, therefore,
+their usual way was to make a short cut of it, and to climb over
+the wall, as they had done.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But will it not be counted a trespass against the Lord of the
+city whither we are bound, thus to violate his revealed will?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{99} FORM. and HYP. They told him, that, as for that, he needed not
+to trouble his head thereabout; for what they did they had custom
+for; and could produce, if need were, testimony that would witness
+it for more than a thousand years.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But, said Christian, will your practice stand a trial at law?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FORM. and HYP. They told him, That custom, it being of so long a
+standing as above a thousand years, would, doubtless, now be admitted
+as a thing legal by any impartial judge; and besides, said they,
+if we get into the way, what's matter which way we get in? if we
+are in, we are in; thou art but in the way, who, as we perceive,
+came in at the gate; and we are also in the way, that came tumbling
+over the wall; wherein, now, is thy condition better than ours?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I walk by the rule of my Master; you walk by the rude working
+of your fancies. You are counted thieves already, by the Lord of
+the way; therefore, I doubt you will not be found true men at the
+end of the way. You come in by yourselves, without his direction;
+and shall go out by yourselves, without his mercy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{100} To this they made him but little answer; only they bid him
+look to himself. Then I saw that they went on every man in his
+way without much conference one with another, save that these two
+men told Christian, that as to laws and ordinances, they doubted
+not but they should as conscientiously do them as he; therefore,
+said they, we see not wherein thou differest from us but by the coat
+that is on thy back, which was, as we trow, given thee by some of
+thy neighbours, to hide the shame of thy nakedness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{101} CHR. By laws and ordinances you will not be saved, since you
+came not in by the door. [Gal. 2:16] And as for this coat that
+is on my back, it was given me by the Lord of the place whither I
+go; and that, as you say, to cover my nakedness with. And I take
+it as a token of his kindness to me; for I had nothing but rags
+before. And besides, thus I comfort myself as I go: Surely, think
+I, when I come to the gate of the city, the Lord thereof will know
+me for good since I have this coat on my back--a coat that he
+gave me freely in the day that he stripped me of my rags. I have,
+moreover, a mark in my forehead, of which, perhaps, you have taken
+no notice, which one of my Lord's most intimate associates fixed
+there in the day that my burden fell off my shoulders. I will tell
+you, moreover, that I had then given me a roll, sealed, to comfort
+me by reading as I go on the way; I was also bid to give it in at
+the Celestial Gate, in token of my certain going in after it; all
+which things, I doubt, you want, and want them because you came
+not in at the gate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{102} To these things they gave him no answer; only they looked
+upon each other, and laughed. Then, I saw that they went on all,
+save that Christian kept before, who had no more talk but with
+himself, and that sometimes sighingly, and sometimes comfortably;
+also he would be often reading in the roll that one of the Shining
+Ones gave him, by which he was refreshed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{103} I beheld, then, that they all went on till they came to the
+foot of the Hill Difficulty; at the bottom of which was a spring.
+There were also in the same place two other ways besides that which
+came straight from the gate; one turned to the left hand, and the
+other to the right, at the bottom of the hill; but the narrow way
+lay right up the hill, and the name of the going up the side of
+the hill is called Difficulty. Christian now went to the spring,
+and drank thereof, to refresh himself [Isa. 49:10], and then began
+to go up the hill, saying--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ "The hill, though high, I covet to ascend,<br/>
+ The difficulty will not me offend;<br/>
+ For I perceive the way to life lies here.<br/>
+ Come, pluck up heart, let's neither faint nor fear;<br/>
+ Better, though difficult, the right way to go,<br/>
+ Than wrong, though easy, where the end is woe."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{104} The other two also came to the foot of the hill; but when
+they saw that the hill was steep and high, and that there were two
+other ways to go, and supposing also that these two ways might meet
+again, with that up which Christian went, on the other side of the
+hill, therefore they were resolved to go in those ways. Now the
+name of one of these ways was Danger, and the name of the other
+Destruction. So the one took the way which is called Danger,
+which led him into a great wood, and the other took directly up the
+way to Destruction, which led him into a wide field, full of dark
+mountains, where he stumbled and fell, and rose no more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Shall they who wrong begin yet rightly end? Shall they at all
+have safety for their friend? No, no; in headstrong manner they
+set out, And headlong will they fall at last no doubt."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{105} I looked, then, after Christian, to see him go up the hill,
+where I perceived he fell from running to going, and from going to
+clambering upon his hands and his knees, because of the steepness
+of the place. Now, about the midway to the top of the hill was a
+pleasant arbour, made by the Lord of the hill for the refreshing
+of weary travellers; thither, therefore, Christian got, where also
+he sat down to rest him. Then he pulled his roll out of his bosom,
+and read therein to his comfort; he also now began afresh to take
+a review of the coat or garment that was given him as he stood by
+the cross. Thus pleasing himself awhile, he at last fell into a
+slumber, and thence into a fast sleep, which detained him in that
+place until it was almost night; and in his sleep, his roll fell
+out of his hand. Now, as he was sleeping, there came one to him,
+and awaked him, saying, Go to the ant, thou sluggard; consider her
+ways and be wise. [Prov. 6:6] And with that Christian started
+up, and sped him on his way, and went apace, till he came to the
+top of the hill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{106} Now, when he was got up to the top of the hill, there came
+two men running to meet him amain; the name of the one was Timorous,
+and of the other, Mistrust; to whom Christian said, Sirs, what's
+the matter? You run the wrong way. Timorous answered, that they
+were going to the City of Zion, and had got up that difficult
+place; but, said he, the further we go, the more danger we meet
+with; wherefore we turned, and are going back again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Yes, said Mistrust, for just before us lie a couple of lions in
+the way, whether sleeping or waking we know not, and we could not
+think, if we came within reach, but they would presently pull us
+in pieces.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{107} CHR. Then said Christian, You make me afraid, but whither
+shall I fly to be safe? If I go back to mine own country, that
+is prepared for fire and brimstone, and I shall certainly perish
+there. If I can get to the Celestial City, I am sure to be in
+safety there. I must venture. To go back is nothing but death;
+to go forward is fear of death, and life-everlasting beyond it. I
+will yet go forward. So Mistrust and Timorous ran down the hill,
+and Christian went on his way. But, thinking again of what he had
+heard from the men, he felt in his bosom for his roll, that he
+might read therein, and be comforted; but he felt, and found it
+not. Then was Christian in great distress, and knew not what to
+do; for he wanted that which used to relieve him, and that which
+should have been his pass into the Celestial City. Here, therefore,
+he begun to be much perplexed, and knew not what to do. At last
+he bethought himself that he had slept in the arbour that is on
+the side of the hill; and, falling down upon his knees, he asked
+God's forgiveness for that his foolish act, and then went back to
+look for his roll. But all the way he went back, who can sufficiently
+set forth the sorrow of Christian's heart? Sometimes he sighed,
+sometimes he wept, and oftentimes he chid himself for being so
+foolish to fall asleep in that place, which was erected only for
+a little refreshment for his weariness. Thus, therefore, he went
+back, carefully looking on this side and on that, all the way as he
+went, if happily he might find his roll, that had been his comfort
+so many times in his journey. He went thus, till he came again
+within sight of the arbour where he sat and slept; but that sight
+renewed his sorrow the more, by bringing again, even afresh, his
+evil of sleeping into his mind. [Rev. 2:5; 1 Thes. 5:7,8] Thus,
+therefore, he now went on bewailing his sinful sleep, saying, O
+wretched man that I am that I should sleep in the day-time! that I
+should sleep in the midst of difficulty! that I should so indulge
+the flesh, as to use that rest for ease to my flesh, which the
+Lord of the hill hath erected only for the relief of the spirits
+of pilgrims!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{108} How many steps have I took in vain! Thus it happened
+to Israel, for their sin; they were sent back again by the way of
+the Red Sea; and I am made to tread those steps with sorrow, which
+I might have trod with delight, had it not been for this sinful
+sleep. How far might I have been on my way by this time! I am
+made to tread those steps thrice over, which I needed not to have
+trod but once; yea, now also I am like to be benighted, for the
+day is almost spent. O, that I had not slept!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{109} Now, by this time he was come to the arbour again, where for
+a while he sat down and wept; but at last, as Christian would have
+it, looking sorrowfully down under the settle, there he espied his
+roll; the which he, with trembling and haste, catched up, and put
+it into his bosom. But who can tell how joyful this man was when
+he had gotten his roll again! for this roll was the assurance of
+his life and acceptance at the desired haven. Therefore he laid
+it up in his bosom, gave thanks to God for directing his eye to the
+place where it lay, and with joy and tears betook himself again to
+his journey. But oh, how nimbly now did he go up the rest of the
+hill! Yet, before he got up, the sun went down upon Christian;
+and this made him again recall the vanity of his sleeping to his
+remembrance; and thus he again began to condole with himself: O
+thou sinful sleep; how, for thy sake, am I like to be benighted in
+my journey! I must walk without the sun; darkness must cover the
+path of my feet; and I must hear the noise of the doleful creatures,
+because of my sinful sleep. [1 Thes. 5:6,7] Now also he remembered
+the story that Mistrust and Timorous told him of; how they were
+frighted with the sight of the lions. Then said Christian to
+himself again, These beasts range in the night for their prey; and
+if they should meet with me in the dark, how should I shift them?
+How should I escape being by them torn in pieces? Thus he went on
+his way. But while he was thus bewailing his unhappy miscarriage,
+he lift up his eyes, and behold there was a very stately palace
+before him, the name of which was Beautiful; and it stood just by
+the highway side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{110} So I saw in my dream that he made haste and went forward,
+that if possible he might get lodging there. Now, before he had
+gone far, he entered into a very narrow passage, which was about
+a furlong off the porter's lodge; and looking very narrowly before
+him as he went, he espied two lions in the way. Now, thought he,
+I see the dangers that Mistrust and Timorous were driven back by.
+(The lions were chained, but he saw not the chains.) Then he was
+afraid, and thought also himself to go back after them, for he
+thought nothing but death was before him. But the porter at the
+lodge, whose name is Watchful, perceiving that Christian made a halt
+as if he would go back, cried unto him, saying, Is thy strength so
+small? [Mark 8:34-37] Fear not the lions, for they are chained, and
+are placed there for trial of faith where it is, and for discovery
+of those that had none. Keep in the midst of the path, no hurt
+shall come unto thee.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ "Difficulty is behind, Fear is before,<br/>
+ Though he's got on the hill, the lions roar;<br/>
+ A Christian man is never long at ease,<br/>
+ When one fright's gone, another doth him seize."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{111} Then I saw that he went on, trembling for fear of the lions,
+but taking good heed to the directions of the porter; he heard
+them roar, but they did him no harm. Then he clapped his hands,
+and went on till he came and stood before the gate where the porter
+was. Then said Christian to the porter, Sir, what house is this?
+And may I lodge here to-night? The porter answered, This house
+was built by the Lord of the hill, and he built it for the relief
+and security of pilgrims. The porter also asked whence he was,
+and whither he was going.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{112} CHR. I am come from the City of Destruction, and am going to
+Mount Zion; but because the sun is now set, I desire, if I may, to
+lodge here to-night.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+POR. What is your name?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. My name is now Christian, but my name at the first was Graceless;
+I came of the race of Japheth, whom God will persuade to dwell in
+the tents of Shem. [Gen. 9:27]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+POR. But how doth it happen that you come so late? The sun is set.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{113} CHR. I had been here sooner, but that, "wretched man that
+I am!" I slept in the arbour that stands on the hillside; nay, I
+had, notwithstanding that, been here much sooner, but that, in my
+sleep, I lost my evidence, and came without it to the brow of the
+hill and then feeling for it, and finding it not, I was forced with
+sorrow of heart, to go back to the place where I slept my sleep,
+where I found it, and now I am come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+POR. Well, I will call out one of the virgins of this place, who
+will, if she likes your talk, bring you into the rest of the family,
+according to the rules of the house. So Watchful, the porter, rang
+a bell, at the sound of which came out at the door of the house,
+a grave and beautiful damsel, named Discretion, and asked why she
+was called.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{114} The porter answered, This man is in a journey from the City
+of Destruction to Mount Zion, but being weary and benighted, he
+asked me if he might lodge here to-night; so I told him I would call
+for thee, who, after discourse had with him, mayest do as seemeth
+thee good, even according to the law of the house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{115} Then she asked him whence he was, and whither he was going,
+and he told her. She asked him also how he got into the way; and
+he told her. Then she asked him what he had seen and met with
+in the way; and he told her. And last she asked his name; so he
+said, It is Christian, and I have so much the more a desire to lodge
+here to-night, because, by what I perceive, this place was built
+by the Lord of the hill for the relief and security of pilgrims.
+So she smiled, but the water stood in her eyes; and after a
+little pause, she said, I will call forth two or three more of the
+family. So she ran to the door, and called out Prudence, Piety,
+and Charity, who, after a little more discourse with him, had him
+into the family; and many of them, meeting him at the threshold
+of the house, said, Come in, thou blessed of the Lord; this house
+was built by the Lord of the hill, on purpose to entertain such
+pilgrims in. Then he bowed his head, and followed them into the
+house. So when he was come in and sat down, they gave him something
+to drink, and consented together, that until supper was ready, some
+of them should have some particular discourse with Christian, for
+the best improvement of time; and they appointed Piety, and Prudence,
+and Charity to discourse with him; and thus they began:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{116} PIETY. Come, good Christian, since we have been so loving
+to you, to receive you in our house this night, let us, if perhaps
+we may better ourselves thereby, talk with you of all things that
+have happened to you in your pilgrimage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. With a very good will, and I am glad that you are so well
+disposed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{117} PIETY. What moved you at first to betake yourself to a
+pilgrim's life?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I was driven out of my native country by a dreadful sound that
+was in mine ears: to wit, that unavoidable destruction did attend
+me, if I abode in that place where I was.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PIETY. But how did it happen that you came out of your country this
+way?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. It was as God would have it; for when I was under the fears
+of destruction, I did not know whither to go; but by chance there
+came a man, even to me, as I was trembling and weeping, whose name
+is Evangelist, and he directed me to the wicket-gate, which else I
+should never have found, and so set me into the way that hath led
+me directly to this house.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{118} PIETY. But did you not come by the house of the Interpreter?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, and did see such things there, the remembrance of which
+will stick by me as long as I live; especially three things: to
+wit, how Christ, in despite of Satan, maintains his work of grace
+in the heart; how the man had sinned himself quite out of hopes of
+God's mercy; and also the dream of him that thought in his sleep
+the day of judgement was come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PIETY. Why, did you hear him tell his dream?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, and a dreadful one it was. I thought it made my heart
+ache as he was telling of it; but yet I am glad I heard it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{119} PIETY. Was that all that you saw at the house of the Interpreter?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. No; he took me and had me where he shewed me a stately palace,
+and how the people were clad in gold that were in it; and how there
+came a venturous man and cut his way through the armed men that
+stood in the door to keep him out, and how he was bid to come in,
+and win eternal glory. Methought those things did ravish my heart!
+I would have stayed at that good man's house a twelvemonth, but
+that I knew I had further to go.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{120} PIETY. And what saw you else in the way?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Saw! why, I went but a little further, and I saw one, as
+I thought in my mind, hang bleeding upon the tree; and the very
+sight of him made my burden fall off my back, (for I groaned under
+a very heavy burden,) but then it fell down from off me. It was
+a strange thing to me, for I never saw such a thing before; yea,
+and while I stood looking up, for then I could not forbear looking,
+three Shining Ones came to me. One of them testified that my sins
+were forgiven me; another stripped me of my rags, and gave me this
+broidered coat which you see; and the third set the mark which you
+see in my forehead, and gave me this sealed roll. (And with that
+he plucked it out of his bosom.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{121} PIETY. But you saw more than this, did you not?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. The things that I have told you were the best; yet some other
+matters I saw, as, namely--I saw three men, Simple, Sloth, and
+Presumption, lie asleep a little out of the way, as I came, with
+irons upon their heels; but do you think I could awake them? I
+also saw Formality and Hypocrisy come tumbling over the wall, to
+go, as they pretended, to Zion, but they were quickly lost, even
+as I myself did tell them; but they would not believe. But above
+all, I found it hard work to get up this hill, and as hard to come
+by the lions' mouths, and truly if it had not been for the good
+man, the porter that stands at the gate, I do not know but that
+after all I might have gone back again; but now I thank God I am
+here, and I thank you for receiving of me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{122} Then Prudence thought good to ask him a few questions, and
+desired his answer to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PRUD. Do you not think sometimes of the country from whence you
+came?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's thoughts of his native country
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, but with much shame and detestation: "Truly, if I had
+been mindful of that country from whence I came out, I might have
+had opportunity to have returned; but now I desire a better country,
+that is, an heavenly." [Heb. 11:15,16]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PRUD. Do you not yet bear away with you some of the things that
+then you were conversant withal?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, but greatly against my will; especially my inward and
+carnal cogitations, with which all my countrymen, as well as myself,
+were delighted; but now all those things are my grief; and might
+I but choose mine own things,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's choice
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I would choose never to think of those things more; but when I
+would be doing of that which is best, that which is worst is with
+me. [Rom 7:16-19]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{123} PRUD. Do you not find sometimes, as if those things were
+vanquished, which at other times are your perplexity?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's golden hours
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, but that is seldom; but they are to me golden hours in
+which such things happen to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PRUD. Can you remember by what means you find your annoyances, at
+times, as if they were vanquished?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, when I think what I saw at the cross, that will do it;
+and when I look upon my broidered coat, that will do it; also when
+I look into the roll that I carry in my bosom, that will do it;
+and when my thoughts wax warm about whither I am going, that will
+do it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{124} PRUD. And what is it that makes you so desirous to go to
+Mount Zion?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, there I hope to see him alive that did hang dead on the
+cross; and there I hope to be rid of all those things that to this
+day are in me an annoyance to me; there, they say, there is no
+death; and there I shall dwell with such company as I like best.
+[Isa. 25:8; Rev. 21:4] For, to tell you truth, I love him,
+because I was by him eased of my burden; and I am weary of my inward
+sickness. I would fain be where I shall die no more, and with the
+company that shall continually cry, "Holy, Holy, Holy!"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{125} Then said Charity to Christian, Have you a family? Are you
+a married man?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I have a wife and four small children.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHAR. And why did you not bring them along with you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's love to his wife and children
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then Christian wept, and said, Oh, how willingly would I have
+done it! but they were all of them utterly averse to my going on
+pilgrimage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHAR. But you should have talked to them, and have endeavoured to
+have shown them the danger of being behind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. So I did; and told them also of what God had shown to me
+of the destruction of our city; "but I seemed to them as one that
+mocked", and they believed me not. [Gen. 19:14]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHAR. And did you pray to God that he would bless your counsel to
+them?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, and that with much affection: for you must think that
+my wife and poor children were very dear unto me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHAR. But did you tell them of your own sorrow, and fear of
+destruction? for I suppose that destruction was visible enough to
+you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's fears of perishing might be read in his very countenance
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, over, and over, and over. They might also see my fears
+in my countenance, in my tears, and also in my trembling under the
+apprehension of the judgement that did hang over our heads; but
+all was not sufficient to prevail with them to come with me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHAR. But what could they say for themselves, why they came not?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{126} CHR. Why, my wife was afraid of losing this world, and
+my children were given to the foolish delights of youth: so what
+by one thing, and what by another, they left me to wander in this
+manner alone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHAR. But did you not, with your vain life, damp all that you by
+words used by way of persuasion to bring them away with you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{127} Christian's good conversation before his wife and children
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Indeed, I cannot commend my life; for I am conscious to myself
+of many failings therein; I know also that a man by his conversation
+may soon overthrow what by argument or persuasion he doth labour to
+fasten upon others for their good. Yet this I can say, I was very
+wary of giving them occasion, by any unseemly action, to make them
+averse to going on pilgrimage. Yea, for this very thing they would
+tell me I was too precise, and that I denied myself of things,
+for their sakes, in which they saw no evil. Nay, I think I may
+say, that if what they saw in me did hinder them, it was my great
+tenderness in sinning against God, or of doing any wrong to my
+neighbour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHAR. Indeed Cain hated his brother, "because his own works were
+evil, and his brother's righteous" [1 John 3:12]; and if thy wife
+and children have been offended with thee for this, they thereby
+show themselves to be implacable to good, and "thou hast delivered
+thy soul from their blood". [Ezek. 3:19]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{128} Now I saw in my dream, that thus they sat talking together
+until supper was ready. So when they had made ready, they sat down
+to meat. Now the table was furnished "with fat things, and with
+wine that was well refined": and all their talk at the table was
+about the Lord of the hill; as, namely, about what he had done, and
+wherefore he did what he did, and why he had builded that house.
+And by what they said, I perceived that he had been a great warrior,
+and had fought with and slain "him that had the Power of death",
+but not without great danger to himself, which made me love him
+the more. [Heb. 2:14,15]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{129} For, as they said, and as I believe (said Christian), he did
+it with the loss of much blood; but that which put glory of grace
+into all he did, was, that he did it out of pure love to his country.
+And besides, there were some of them of the household that said
+they had been and spoke with him since he did die on the cross; and
+they have attested that they had it from his own lips, that he is
+such a lover of poor pilgrims, that the like is not to be found
+from the east to the west.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{130} They, moreover, gave an instance of what they affirmed, and
+that was, he had stripped himself of his glory, that he might do
+this for the poor; and that they heard him say and affirm, "that
+he would not dwell in the mountain of Zion alone." They said,
+moreover, that he had made many pilgrims princes, though by nature
+they were beggars born, and their original had been the dunghill.
+[1 Sam 2:8; Ps. 113:7]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{131} Christian's bedchamber
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thus they discoursed together till late at night; and after they had
+committed themselves to their Lord for protection, they betook
+themselves to rest: the Pilgrim they laid in a large upper
+chamber, whose window opened towards the sun-rising: the name of
+the chamber was Peace; where he slept till break of day, and then
+he awoke and sang--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ "Where am I now? Is this the love and care<br/>
+ Of Jesus for the men that pilgrims are?<br/>
+ Thus to provide! that I should be forgiven!<br/>
+ And dwell already the next door to heaven!"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{132} So in the morning they all got up; and, after some more
+discourse, they told him that he should not depart till they had
+shown him the rarities of that place. And first they had him into
+the study, where they showed him records of the greatest antiquity;
+in which, as I remember my dream, they showed him first the pedigree of
+the Lord of the hill, that he was the son of the Ancient of Days,
+and came by that eternal generation. Here also was more fully
+recorded the acts that he had done, and the names of many hundreds
+that he had taken into his service; and how he had placed them in
+such habitations that could neither by length of days, nor decays
+of nature, be dissolved.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{133} Then they read to him some of the worthy acts that some of
+his servants had done: as, how they had "subdued kingdoms, wrought
+righteousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions,
+quenched the violence of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, out
+of weakness were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, and turned
+to flight the armies of the aliens." [Heb 11:33,34]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{134} They then read again, in another part of the records of the
+house, where it was shewed how willing their Lord was to receive
+into his favour any, even any, though they in time past had offered
+great affronts to his person and proceedings. Here also were
+several other histories of many other famous things, of all which
+Christian had a view; as of things both ancient and modern; together
+with prophecies and predictions of things that have their certain
+accomplishment, both to the dread and amazement of enemies, and
+the comfort and solace of pilgrims.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{135} The next day they took him and had him into the armoury,
+where they showed him all manner of furniture, which their Lord
+had provided for pilgrims, as sword, shield, helmet, breastplate,
+ALL-PRAYER, and shoes that would not wear out. And there was here
+enough of this to harness out as many men for the service of their
+Lord as there be stars in the heaven for multitude.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{136} They also showed him some of the engines with which some of
+his servants had done wonderful things. They shewed him Moses'
+rod; the hammer and nail with which Jael slew Sisera; the pitchers,
+trumpets, and lamps too, with which Gideon put to flight the armies
+of Midian. Then they showed him the ox's goad wherewith Shamgar
+slew six hundred men. They showed him also the jaw-bone with which
+Samson did such mighty feats. They showed him, moreover, the sling
+and stone with which David slew Goliath of Gath; and the sword,
+also, with which their Lord will kill the Man of Sin, in the day
+that he shall rise up to the prey. They showed him, besides, many
+excellent things, with which Christian was much delighted. This
+done, they went to their rest again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{137} Then I saw in my dream, that on the morrow he got up to go
+forward; but they desired him to stay till the next day also; and
+then, said they, we will, if the day be clear, show you the Delectable
+Mountains, which, they said, would yet further add to his comfort,
+because they were nearer the desired haven than the place where at
+present he was; so he consented and stayed. When the morning was
+up, they had him to the top of the house, and bid him look south;
+so he did: and behold, at a great distance, he saw a most pleasant
+mountainous country, beautified with woods, vineyards, fruits of
+all sorts, flowers also, with springs and fountains, very delectable
+to behold. [Isa. 33:16,17] Then he asked the name of the country.
+They said it was Immanuel's Land; and it is as common, said they,
+as this hill is, to and for all the pilgrims. And when thou comest
+there from thence, said they, thou mayest see to the gate of the
+Celestial City, as the shepherds that live there will make appear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{138} Now he bethought himself of setting forward, and they were
+willing he should. But first, said they, let us go again into the
+armoury. So they did; and when they came there, they harnessed him
+from head to foot with what was of proof, lest, perhaps, he should
+meet with assaults in the way. He being, therefore, thus accoutred,
+walketh out with his friends to the gate, and there he asked the
+porter if he saw any pilgrims pass by. Then the porter answered,
+Yes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{139} CHR. Pray, did you know him? said he.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+POR. I asked him his name, and he told me it was Faithful.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Oh, said Christian, I know him; he is my townsman, my near
+neighbour; he comes from the place where I was born. How far do
+you think he may be before?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+POR. He is got by this time below the hill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, said Christian, good Porter, the Lord be with thee, and
+add to all thy blessings much increase, for the kindness that thou
+hast showed to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{140} Then he began to go forward; but Discretion, Piety, Charity,
+and Prudence would accompany him down to the foot of the hill. So
+they went on together, reiterating their former discourses, till
+they came to go down the hill. Then said Christian, As it was
+difficult coming up, so, so far as I can see, it is dangerous going
+down. Yes, said Prudence, so it is, for it is a hard matter for
+a man to go down into the Valley of Humiliation, as thou art now,
+and to catch no slip by the way; therefore, said they, are we come
+out to accompany thee down the hill. So he began to go down, but
+very warily; yet he caught a slip or two.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{141} Then I saw in my dream that these good companions, when
+Christian was gone to the bottom of the hill, gave him a loaf of
+bread, a bottle of wine, and a cluster of raisins; and then he went
+on his way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+But now, in this Valley of Humiliation, poor Christian was hard put
+to it; for he had gone but a little way, before he espied a foul
+fiend coming over the field to meet him; his name is Apollyon. Then
+did Christian begin to be afraid, and to cast in his mind whether
+to go back or to stand his ground. But he considered again that
+he had no armour for his back; and therefore thought that to turn
+the back to him might give him the greater advantage with ease to
+pierce him with his darts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's resolution at the approach of Apollyon
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Therefore he resolved to venture and stand his ground; for, thought
+he, had I no more in mine eye than the saving of my life, it would
+be the best way to stand.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{142} So he went on, and Apollyon met him. Now the monster was
+hideous to behold; he was clothed with scales, like a fish, (and
+they are his pride,) he had wings like a dragon, feet like a bear,
+and out of his belly came fire and smoke, and his mouth was as the
+mouth of a lion. When he was come up to Christian, he beheld him
+with a disdainful countenance, and thus began to question with him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{143} APOL. Whence come you? and whither are you bound?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I am come from the City of Destruction, which is the place of
+all evil, and am going to the City of Zion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+APOL. By this I perceive thou art one of my subjects, for all that
+country is mine, and I am the prince and god of it. How is it,
+then, that thou hast run away from thy king? Were it not that I
+hope thou mayest do me more service, I would strike thee now, at
+one blow, to the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{144} CHR. I was born, indeed, in your dominions, but your service
+was hard, and your wages such as a man could not live on, "for the
+wages of sin is death" [Rom 6:23]; therefore, when I was come to
+years, I did, as other considerate persons do, look out, if, perhaps,
+I might mend myself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Apollyon's flattery
+</p>
+
+<p>
+APOL. There is no prince that will thus lightly lose his subjects,
+neither will I as yet lose thee; but since thou complainest of thy
+service and wages, be content to go back: what our country will
+afford, I do here promise to give thee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But I have let myself to another, even to the King of princes;
+and how can I, with fairness, go back with thee?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{145} APOL. Thou hast done in this, according to the proverb,
+"Changed a bad for a worse"; but it is ordinary for those that
+have professed themselves his servants, after a while to give him
+the slip, and return again to me. Do thou so too, and all shall
+be well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I have given him my faith, and sworn my allegiance to him;
+how, then, can I go back from this, and not be hanged as a traitor?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+APOL. Thou didst the same to me, and yet I am willing to pass by
+all, if now thou wilt yet turn again and go back.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{146} CHR. What I promised thee was in my nonage; and, besides, I
+count the Prince under whose banner now I stand is able to absolve
+me; yea, and to pardon also what I did as to my compliance with
+thee; and besides, O thou destroying Apollyon! to speak truth,
+I like his service, his wages, his servants, his government, his
+company, and country, better than thine; and, therefore, leave off
+to persuade me further; I am his servant, and I will follow him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{147} APOL. Consider, again, when thou art in cool blood, what thou
+art like to meet with in the way that thou goest. Thou knowest
+that, for the most part, his servants come to an ill end, because
+they are transgressors against me and my ways. How many of them
+have been put to shameful deaths! and, besides, thou countest his
+service better than mine, whereas he never came yet from the place
+where he is to deliver any that served him out of their hands; but
+as for me, how many times, as all the world very well knows, have
+I delivered, either by power, or fraud, those that have faithfully
+served me, from him and his, though taken by them; and so I will
+deliver thee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. His forbearing at present to deliver them is on purpose to try
+their love, whether they will cleave to him to the end; and as for
+the ill end thou sayest they come to, that is most glorious in their
+account; for, for present deliverance, they do not much expect it,
+for they stay for their glory, and then they shall have it when
+their Prince comes in his and the glory of the angels.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+APOL. Thou hast already been unfaithful in thy service to him; and
+how dost thou think to receive wages of him?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Wherein, O Apollyon! have I been unfaithful to him?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{148} APOL. Thou didst faint at first setting out, when thou wast
+almost choked in the Gulf of Despond; thou didst attempt wrong ways
+to be rid of thy burden, whereas thou shouldst have stayed till
+thy Prince had taken it off; thou didst sinfully sleep and lose
+thy choice thing; thou wast, also, almost persuaded to go back at
+the sight of the lions; and when thou talkest of thy journey, and
+of what thou hast heard and seen, thou art inwardly desirous of
+vain-glory in all that thou sayest or doest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. All this is true, and much more which thou hast left out;
+but the Prince whom I serve and honour is merciful, and ready to
+forgive; but, besides, these infirmities possessed me in thy country,
+for there I sucked them in; and I have groaned under them, been
+sorry for them, and have obtained pardon of my Prince.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{149} APOL. Then Apollyon broke out into a grievous rage, saying,
+I am an enemy to this Prince; I hate his person, his laws, and
+people; I am come out on purpose to withstand thee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Apollyon, beware what you do; for I am in the King's highway,
+the way of holiness; therefore take heed to yourself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+APOL. Then Apollyon straddled quite over the whole breadth of the
+way, and said, I am void of fear in this matter: prepare thyself
+to die; for I swear by my infernal den, that thou shalt go no
+further; here will I spill thy soul.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{150} And with that he threw a flaming dart at his breast; but
+Christian had a shield in his hand, with which he caught it, and
+so prevented the danger of that.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then did Christian draw, for he saw it was time to bestir him; and
+Apollyon as fast made at him, throwing darts as thick as hail; by
+the which, notwithstanding all that Christian could do to avoid it,
+Apollyon wounded him in his head, his hand, and foot. This made
+Christian give a little back; Apollyon, therefore, followed his work
+amain, and Christian again took courage, and resisted as manfully
+as he could. This sore combat lasted for above half a day, even
+till Christian was almost quite spent; for you must know that
+Christian, by reason of his wounds, must needs grow weaker and
+weaker.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{151} Then Apollyon, espying his opportunity, began to gather up
+close to Christian, and wrestling with him, gave him a dreadful
+fall; and with that Christian's sword flew out of his hand. Then
+said Apollyon, I am sure of thee now. And with that he had almost
+pressed him to death, so that Christian began to despair of life;
+but as God would have it, while Apollyon was fetching of his
+last blow, thereby to make a full end of this good man, Christian
+nimbly stretched out his hand for his sword, and caught it, saying,
+"Rejoice not against me, O mine enemy; when I fall I shall arise"
+[Micah 7:8];
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's victory over Apollyon
+</p>
+
+<p>
+and with that gave him a deadly thrust, which made him give back,
+as one that had received his mortal wound. Christian perceiving
+that, made at him again, saying, "Nay, in all these things we are
+more than conquerors through him that loved us". [Rom. 8:37] And
+with that Apollyon spread forth his dragon's wings, and sped him
+away, that Christian for a season saw him no more. [James 4:7]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{152} In this combat no man can imagine, unless he had seen and
+heard as I did, what yelling and hideous roaring Apollyon made all
+the time of the fight--he spake like a dragon; and, on the other
+side, what sighs and groans burst from Christian's heart. I never
+saw him all the while give so much as one pleasant look, till he
+perceived he had wounded Apollyon with his two-edged sword; then,
+indeed, he did smile, and look upward; but it was the dreadfullest
+sight that ever I saw.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A more unequal match can hardly be,--CHRISTIAN must fight an
+Angel; but you see,
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ The valiant man by handling Sword and Shield,<br/>
+ Doth make him, tho' a Dragon, quit the field.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{153} So when the battle was over, Christian said, "I will here
+give thanks to him that delivered me out of the mouth of the lion,
+to him that did help me against Apollyon." And so he did, saying--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Great Beelzebub, the captain of this fiend,<br/>
+ Design'd my ruin; therefore to this end<br/>
+ He sent him harness'd out: and he with rage<br/>
+ That hellish was, did fiercely me engage.<br/>
+ But blessed Michael helped me, and I,<br/>
+ By dint of sword, did quickly make him fly.<br/>
+ Therefore to him let me give lasting praise,<br/>
+ And thank and bless his holy name always.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{154} Then there came to him a hand, with some of the leaves of the
+tree of life, the which Christian took, and applied to the wounds
+that he had received in the battle, and was healed immediately.
+He also sat down in that place to eat bread, and to drink of the
+bottle that was given him a little before; so, being refreshed,
+he addressed himself to his journey, with his sword drawn in his
+hand; for he said, I know not but some other enemy may be at hand.
+But he met with no other affront from Apollyon quite through this
+valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{155} Now, at the end of this valley was another, called the Valley
+of the Shadow of Death, and Christian must needs go through it,
+because the way to the Celestial City lay through the midst of it.
+Now, this valley is a very solitary place. The prophet Jeremiah
+thus describes it: "A wilderness, a land of deserts and of pits,
+a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man"
+(but a Christian) "passed through, and where no man dwelt." [Jer.
+2:6]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now here Christian was worse put to it than in his fight with
+Apollyon, as by the sequel you shall see.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{156} I saw then in my dream, that when Christian was got to the
+borders of the Shadow of Death, there met him two men, children of
+them that brought up an evil report of the good land [Num. 13],
+making haste to go back; to whom Christian spake as follows:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{157} CHR. Whither are you going?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MEN. They said, Back! back! and we would have you to do so too,
+if either life or peace is prized by you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, what's the matter? said Christian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MEN. Matter! said they; we were going that way as you are going,
+and went as far as we durst; and indeed we were almost past coming
+back; for had we gone a little further, we had not been here to
+bring the news to thee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But what have you met with? said Christian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MEN. Why, we were almost in the Valley of the Shadow of Death; but
+that, by good hap, we looked before us, and saw the danger before
+we came to it. [Ps. 44:19; 107:10]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But what have you seen? said Christian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{158} MEN. Seen! Why, the Valley itself, which is as dark as pitch;
+we also saw there the hobgoblins, satyrs, and dragons of the pit;
+we heard also in that Valley a continual howling and yelling, as of
+a people under unutterable misery, who there sat bound in affliction
+and irons; and over that Valley hangs the discouraging clouds of
+confusion. Death also doth always spread his wings over it. In
+a word, it is every whit dreadful, being utterly without order.
+[Job 3:5; 10:22]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then, said Christian, I perceive not yet, by what you have
+said, but that this is my way to the desired haven. [Jer. 2:6]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MEN. Be it thy way; we will not choose it for ours. So, they parted,
+and Christian went on his way, but still with his sword drawn in
+his hand, for fear lest he should be assaulted.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{159} I saw then in my dream, so far as this valley reached, there
+was on the right hand a very deep ditch; that ditch is it into
+which the blind have led the blind in all ages, and have both there
+miserably perished. [Ps. 69:14,15] Again, behold, on the left
+hand, there was a very dangerous quag, into which, if even a good
+man falls, he can find no bottom for his foot to stand on. Into
+that quag King David once did fall, and had no doubt therein been
+smothered, had not HE that is able plucked him out.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{160} The pathway was here also exceeding narrow, and therefore
+good Christian was the more put to it; for when he sought, in the
+dark, to shun the ditch on the one hand, he was ready to tip over
+into the mire on the other; also when he sought to escape the mire,
+without great carefulness he would be ready to fall into the ditch.
+Thus he went on, and I heard him here sigh bitterly; for, besides
+the dangers mentioned above, the pathway was here so dark, and
+ofttimes, when he lift up his foot to set forward, he knew not
+where or upon what he should set it next.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Poor man! where art thou now? thy day is night.<br/>
+ Good man, be not cast down, thou yet art right,<br/>
+ Thy way to heaven lies by the gates of Hell;<br/>
+ Cheer up, hold out, with thee it shall go well.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{161} About the midst of this valley, I perceived the mouth of
+hell to be, and it stood also hard by the wayside. Now, thought
+Christian, what shall I do? And ever and anon the flame and smoke
+would come out in such abundance, with sparks and hideous noises,
+(things that cared not for Christian's sword, as did Apollyon
+before), that he was forced to put up his sword, and betake himself
+to another weapon called All-prayer. [Eph. 6:18] So he cried in my
+hearing, "O Lord, I beseech thee, deliver my soul!" [Ps. 116:4]
+Thus he went on a great while, yet still the flames would be
+reaching towards him. Also he heard doleful voices, and rushings
+to and fro, so that sometimes he thought he should be torn in
+pieces, or trodden down like mire in the streets. This frightful
+sight was seen, and these dreadful noises were heard by him for
+several miles together; and, coming to a place where he thought he
+heard a company of fiends coming forward to meet him, he stopped,
+and began to muse what he had best to do. Sometimes he had half
+a thought to go back; then again he thought he might be half way
+through the valley; he remembered also how he had already vanquished
+many a danger, and that the danger of going back might be much more
+than for to go forward; so he resolved to go on. Yet the fiends
+seemed to come nearer and nearer; but when they were come even
+almost at him, he cried out with a most vehement voice, "I will walk
+in the strength of the Lord God!" so they gave back, and came no
+further.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{162} One thing I would not let slip. I took notice that now poor
+Christian was so confounded, that he did not know his own voice;
+and thus I perceived it. Just when he was come over against the
+mouth of the burning pit, one of the wicked ones got behind him, and
+stepped up softly to him, and whisperingly suggested many grievous
+blasphemies to him, which he verily thought had proceeded from his
+own mind. This put Christian more to it than anything that he met
+with before, even to think that he should now blaspheme him that
+he loved so much before; yet, if he could have helped it, he would
+not have done it; but he had not the discretion either to stop his
+ears, or to know from whence these blasphemies came.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{163} When Christian had travelled in this disconsolate condition
+some considerable time, he thought he heard the voice of a man,
+as going before him, saying, "Though I walk through the valley of
+the shadow of death, I will fear no evil, for thou art with me."
+[Ps. 23:4]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{164} Then he was glad, and that for these reasons:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+First, Because he gathered from thence, that some who feared God
+were in this valley as well as himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Secondly, For that he perceived God was with them, though in that
+dark and dismal state; and why not, thought he, with me? though,
+by reason of the impediment that attends this place, I cannot
+perceive it. [Job 9:11]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Thirdly, For that he hoped, could he overtake them, to have company
+by and by. So he went on, and called to him that was before; but
+he knew not what to answer; for that he also thought to be alone.
+And by and by the day broke; then said Christian, He hath turned
+"the shadow of death into the morning". [Amos 5:8]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{165} Now morning being come, he looked back, not out of desire to
+return, but to see, by the light of the day, what hazards he had
+gone through in the dark. So he saw more perfectly the ditch that
+was on the one hand, and the mire that was on the other; also how
+narrow the way was which led betwixt them both; also now he saw the
+hobgoblins, and satyrs, and dragons of the pit, but all afar off,
+(for after break of day, they came not nigh;) yet they were discovered
+to him, according to that which is written, "He discovereth deep
+things out of darkness, and bringeth out to light the shadow of
+death." [Job 12:22]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{166} Now was Christian much affected with his deliverance from all
+the dangers of his solitary way; which dangers, though he feared
+them more before, yet he saw them more clearly now, because the light
+of the day made them conspicuous to him. And about this time the
+sun was rising, and this was another mercy to Christian; for you
+must note, that though the first part of the Valley of the Shadow
+of Death was dangerous, yet this second part which he was yet to
+go, was, if possible, far more dangerous; for from the place where
+he now stood, even to the end of the valley, the way was all along
+set so full of snares, traps, gins, and nets here, and so full of
+pits, pitfalls, deep holes, and shelvings down there, that, had it
+now been dark, as it was when he came the first part of the way,
+had he had a thousand souls, they had in reason been cast away; but,
+as I said just now, the sun was rising. Then said he, "His candle
+shineth upon my head, and by his light I walk through darkness."
+[Job 29:3]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{167} In this light, therefore, he came to the end of the valley.
+Now I saw in my dream, that at the end of this valley lay blood,
+bones, ashes, and mangled bodies of men, even of pilgrims that had
+gone this way formerly; and while I was musing what should be the
+reason, I espied a little before me a cave, where two giants, POPE
+and PAGAN, dwelt in old time; by whose power and tyranny the men
+whose bones, blood, and ashes, &amp;c., lay there, were cruelly put
+to death. But by this place Christian went without much danger,
+whereat I somewhat wondered; but I have learnt since, that PAGAN
+has been dead many a day; and as for the other, though he be yet
+alive, he is, by reason of age, and also of the many shrewd brushes
+that he met with in his younger days, grown so crazy and stiff in
+his joints, that he can now do little more than sit in his cave's
+mouth, grinning at pilgrims as they go by, and biting his nails
+because he cannot come at them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{168} So I saw that Christian went on his way; yet, at the sight of
+the Old Man that sat in the mouth of the cave, he could not tell
+what to think, especially because he spake to him, though he could
+not go after him, saying, "You will never mend till more of you be
+burned." But he held his peace, and set a good face on it, and so
+went by and catched no hurt. Then sang Christian:
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ O world of wonders! (I can say no less),<br/>
+ That I should be preserved in that distress<br/>
+ That I have met with here! O blessed be<br/>
+ That hand that from it hath deliver'd me!<br/>
+ Dangers in darkness, devils, hell, and sin<br/>
+ Did compass me, while I this vale was in:<br/>
+ Yea, snares, and pits, and traps, and nets, did lie<br/>
+ My path about, that worthless, silly I<br/>
+ Might have been catch'd, entangled, and cast down;<br/>
+ But since I live, let JESUS wear the crown.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{169} Now, as Christian went on his way, he came to a little ascent,
+which was cast up on purpose that pilgrims might see before them.
+Up there, therefore, Christian went, and looking forward, he saw
+Faithful before him, upon his journey. Then said Christian aloud,
+"Ho! ho! So-ho! stay, and I will be your companion!" At that,
+Faithful looked behind him; to whom Christian cried again, "Stay,
+stay, till I come up to you!" But Faithful answered, "No, I am
+upon my life, and the avenger of blood is behind me."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{170} At this, Christian was somewhat moved, and putting to all
+his strength, he quickly got up with Faithful, and did also overrun
+him; so the last was first. Then did Christian vain-gloriously
+smile, because he had gotten the start of his brother; but not
+taking good heed to his feet, he suddenly stumbled and fell, and
+could not rise again until Faithful came up to help him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's fall makes Faithful and he go lovingly together
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then I saw in my dream they went very lovingly on together, and had
+sweet discourse of all things that had happened to them in their
+pilgrimage; and thus Christian began:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{171} CHR. My honoured and well-beloved brother, Faithful, I am
+glad that I have overtaken you; and that God has so tempered our
+spirits, that we can walk as companions in this so pleasant a path.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. I had thought, dear friend, to have had your company quite
+from our town; but you did get the start of me, wherefore I was
+forced to come thus much of the way alone.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. How long did you stay in the City of Destruction before you
+set out after me on your pilgrimage?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Till I could stay no longer; for there was great talk presently
+after you were gone out that our city would, in short time, with
+fire from heaven, be burned down to the ground.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. What! did your neighbours talk so?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Yes, it was for a while in everybody's mouth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. What! and did no more of them but you come out to escape the
+danger?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Though there was, as I said, a great talk thereabout, yet
+I do not think they did firmly believe it. For in the heat of the
+discourse, I heard some of them deridingly speak of you and of your
+desperate journey, (for so they called this your pilgrimage), but
+I did believe, and do still, that the end of our city will be with
+fire and brimstone from above; and therefore I have made my
+escape.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{172} CHR. Did you hear no talk of neighbour Pliable?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Yes, Christian, I heard that he followed you till he came
+at the Slough of Despond, where, as some said, he fell in; but he
+would not be known to have so done; but I am sure he was soundly
+bedabbled with that kind of dirt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And what said the neighbours to him?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. He hath, since his going back, been had greatly in derision,
+and that among all sorts of people; some do mock and despise him;
+and scarce will any set him on work. He is now seven times worse
+than if he had never gone out of the city.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But why should they be so set against him, since they also
+despise the way that he forsook?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Oh, they say, hang him, he is a turncoat! he was not true
+to his profession. I think God has stirred up even his enemies to
+hiss at him, and make him a proverb, because he hath forsaken the
+way. [Jer. 29:18,19]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Had you no talk with him before you came out?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. I met him once in the streets, but he leered away on the
+other side, as one ashamed of what he had done; so I spake not to
+him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{173} CHR. Well, at my first setting out, I had hopes of that man;
+but now I fear he will perish in the overthrow of the city; for
+it is happened to him according to the true proverb, "The dog is
+turned to his own vomit again; and the sow that was washed, to her
+wallowing in the mire." [2 Pet. 2:22]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. These are my fears of him too; but who can hinder that which
+will be?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, neighbour Faithful, said Christian, let us leave him,
+and talk of things that more immediately concern ourselves. Tell
+me now, what you have met with in the way as you came; for I know
+you have met with some things, or else it may be writ for a wonder.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{174} FAITH. I escaped the Slough that I perceived you fell into,
+and got up to the gate without that danger; only I met with one
+whose name was Wanton, who had like to have done me a mischief.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. It was well you escaped her net; Joseph was hard put to it by
+her, and he escaped her as you did; but it had like to have cost
+him his life. [Gen. 39:11-13] But what did she do to you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. You cannot think, but that you know something, what a
+flattering tongue she had; she lay at me hard to turn aside with
+her, promising me all manner of content.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Nay, she did not promise you the content of a good conscience.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. You know what I mean; all carnal and fleshly content.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Thank God you have escaped her: "The abhorred of the Lord
+shall fall into her ditch." [Ps. 22:14]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Nay, I know not whether I did wholly escape her or no.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, I trow, you did not consent to her desires?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. No, not to defile myself; for I remembered an old writing
+that I had seen, which said, "Her steps take hold on hell." [Prov.
+5:5] So I shut mine eyes, because I would not be bewitched with
+her looks. [Job 31:1] Then she railed on me, and I went my way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Did you meet with no other assault as you came?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{175} FAITH. When I came to the foot of the hill called Difficulty,
+I met with a very aged man, who asked me what I was, and whither
+bound. I told him that I am a pilgrim, going to the Celestial
+City. Then said the old man, Thou lookest like an honest fellow;
+wilt thou be content to dwell with me for the wages that I shall
+give thee? Then I asked him his name, and where he dwelt. He
+said his name was Adam the First, and that he dwelt in the town
+of Deceit. [Eph. 4:22] I asked him then what was his work, and
+what the wages he would give. He told me that his work was many
+delights; and his wages that I should be his heir at last. I further
+asked him what house he kept, and what other servants he had. So
+he told me that his house was maintained with all the dainties in
+the world; and that his servants were those of his own begetting.
+Then I asked if he had any children. He said that he had but three
+daughters: The Lust of the Flesh, The Lust of the Eyes, and The
+Pride of Life, and that I should marry them all if I would. [1
+John 2:16] Then I asked how long time he would have me live with
+him? And he told me, As long as he lived himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, and what conclusion came the old man and you to at last?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Why, at first, I found myself somewhat inclinable to go
+with the man, for I thought he spake very fair; but looking in his
+forehead, as I talked with him, I saw there written, "Put off the
+old man with his deeds."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And how then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{176} FAITH. Then it came burning hot into my mind, whatever he
+said, and however he flattered, when he got me home to his house,
+he would sell me for a slave. So I bid him forbear to talk, for
+I would not come near the door of his house. Then he reviled me,
+and told me that he would send such a one after me, that should
+make my way bitter to my soul. So I turned to go away from him;
+but just as I turned myself to go thence, I felt him take hold of
+my flesh, and give me such a deadly twitch back, that I thought he
+had pulled part of me after himself. This made me cry, "O wretched
+man!" [Rom. 7:24] So I went on my way up the hill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now when I had got about half-way up, I looked behind, and saw one
+coming after me, swift as the wind; so he overtook me just about
+the place where the settle stands.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Just there, said Christian, did I sit down to rest me; but
+being overcome with sleep, I there lost this roll out of my bosom.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{177} FAITH. But, good brother, hear me out. So soon as the man
+overtook me, he was but a word and a blow, for down he knocked
+me, and laid me for dead. But when I was a little come to myself
+again, I asked him wherefore he served me so. He said, because of
+my secret inclining to Adam the First; and with that he struck me
+another deadly blow on the breast, and beat me down backward; so
+I lay at his foot as dead as before. So, when I came to myself
+again, I cried him mercy; but he said, I know not how to show mercy;
+and with that he knocked me down again. He had doubtless made an
+end of me, but that one came by, and bid him forbear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Who was that that bid him forbear?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. I did not know him at first, but as he went by, I perceived
+the holes in his hands and in his side; then I concluded that he
+was our Lord. So I went up the hill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{178} CHR. That man that overtook you was Moses. He spareth none,
+neither knoweth he how to show mercy to those that transgress his
+law.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. I know it very well; it was not the first time that he has
+met with me. It was he that came to me when I dwelt securely at
+home, and that told me he would burn my house over my head if I
+stayed there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But did you not see the house that stood there on the top of
+the hill, on the side of which Moses met you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Yes, and the lions too, before I came at it: but for the
+lions, I think they were asleep, for it was about noon; and because
+I had so much of the day before me, I passed by the porter, and
+came down the hill.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. He told me, indeed, that he saw you go by, but I wish you
+had called at the house, for they would have showed you so many
+rarities, that you would scarce have forgot them to the day of
+your death. But pray tell me, Did you meet nobody in the Valley
+of Humility?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{179} FAITH. Yes, I met with one Discontent, who would willingly
+have persuaded me to go back again with him; his reason was, for
+that the valley was altogether without honour. He told me, moreover,
+that there to go was the way to disobey all my friends, as Pride,
+Arrogancy, Self-conceit, Worldly-glory, with others, who he knew,
+as he said, would be very much offended, if I made such a fool of
+myself as to wade through this valley.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, and how did you answer him?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{180} Faithful's answer to Discontent
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. I told him, that although all these that he named might claim
+kindred of me, and that rightly, for indeed they were my relations
+according to the flesh; yet since I became a pilgrim, they have
+disowned me, as I also have rejected them; and therefore they were
+to me now no more than if they had never been of my lineage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I told him, moreover, that as to this valley, he had quite misrepresented
+the thing; for before honour is humility, and a haughty spirit
+before a fall. Therefore, said I, I had rather go through this
+valley to the honour that was so accounted by the wisest, than
+choose that which he esteemed most worthy our affections.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Met you with nothing else in that valley?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{181} FAITH. Yes, I met with Shame; but of all the men that I met
+with in my pilgrimage, he, I think, bears the wrong name. The
+others would be said nay, after a little argumentation, and somewhat
+else; but this bold-faced Shame would never have done.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, what did he say to you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. What! why, he objected against religion itself; he said it
+was a pitiful, low, sneaking business for a man to mind religion;
+he said that a tender conscience was an unmanly thing; and that
+for a man to watch over his words and ways, so as to tie up himself
+from that hectoring liberty that the brave spirits of the times
+accustom themselves unto, would make him the ridicule of the times.
+He objected also, that but few of the mighty, rich, or wise, were
+ever of my opinion [1 Cor. 1:26; 3:18; Phil. 3:7,8]; nor any of
+them neither [John 7:48], before they were persuaded to be fools,
+and to be of a voluntary fondness, to venture the loss of all, for
+nobody knows what. He, moreover, objected the base and low estate
+and condition of those that were chiefly the pilgrims of the times
+in which they lived: also their ignorance and want of understanding
+in all natural science. Yea, he did hold me to it at that rate
+also, about a great many more things than here I relate; as, that
+it was a shame to sit whining and mourning under a sermon, and
+a shame to come sighing and groaning home: that it was a shame to
+ask my neighbour forgiveness for petty faults, or to make restitution
+where I have taken from any. He said, also, that religion made
+a man grow strange to the great, because of a few vices, which
+he called by finer names; and made him own and respect the base,
+because of the same religious fraternity. And is not this, said
+he, a shame?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{182} CHR. And what did you say to him?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Say! I could not tell what to say at the first. Yea, he
+put me so to it, that my blood came up in my face; even this Shame
+fetched it up, and had almost beat me quite off. But at last I
+began to consider, that "that which is highly esteemed among men,
+is had in abomination with God." [Luke 16:15] And I thought again,
+this Shame tells me what men are; but it tells me nothing what God
+or the Word of God is. And I thought, moreover, that at the day
+of doom, we shall not be doomed to death or life according to the
+hectoring spirits of the world, but according to the wisdom and
+law of the Highest. Therefore, thought I, what God says is best,
+indeed is best, though all the men in the world are against it.
+Seeing, then, that God prefers his religion; seeing God prefers a
+tender conscience; seeing they that make themselves fools for the
+kingdom of heaven are wisest; and that the poor man that loveth
+Christ is richer than the greatest man in the world that hates
+him; Shame, depart, thou art an enemy to my salvation! Shall I
+entertain thee against my sovereign Lord? How then shall I look
+him in the face at his coming? Should I now be ashamed of his
+ways and servants, how can I expect the blessing? [Mark 8:38] But,
+indeed, this Shame was a bold villain; I could scarce shake him
+out of my company; yea, he would be haunting of me, and continually
+whispering me in the ear, with some one or other of the infirmities
+that attend religion; but at last I told him it was but in vain to
+attempt further in this business; for those things that he disdained,
+in those did I see most glory; and so at last I got past this
+importunate one. And when I had shaken him off, then I began to
+sing--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ The trials that those men do meet withal,<br/>
+ That are obedient to the heavenly call,<br/>
+ Are manifold, and suited to the flesh,<br/>
+ And come, and come, and come again afresh;<br/>
+ That now, or sometime else, we by them may<br/>
+ Be taken, overcome, and cast away.<br/>
+ Oh, let the pilgrims, let the pilgrims, then<br/>
+ Be vigilant, and quit themselves like men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{183} CHR. I am glad, my brother, that thou didst withstand this
+villain so bravely; for of all, as thou sayest, I think he has the
+wrong name; for he is so bold as to follow us in the streets, and
+to attempt to put us to shame before all men: that is, to make us
+ashamed of that which is good; but if he was not himself audacious,
+he would never attempt to do as he does. But let us still resist
+him; for notwithstanding all his bravadoes, he promoteth the fool
+and none else. "The wise shall inherit glory, said Solomon, but
+shame shall be the promotion of fools." [Prov. 3:35]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. I think we must cry to Him for help against Shame, who would
+have us to be valiant for the truth upon the earth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. You say true; but did you meet nobody else in that valley?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. No, not I; for I had sunshine all the rest of the way through
+that, and also through the Valley of the Shadow of Death.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{184} CHR. It was well for you. I am sure it fared far otherwise
+with me; I had for a long season, as soon almost as I entered into
+that valley, a dreadful combat with that foul fiend Apollyon; yea,
+I thought verily he would have killed me, especially when he got
+me down and crushed me under him, as if he would have crushed me
+to pieces; for as he threw me, my sword flew out of my hand; nay,
+he told me he was sure of me: but I cried to God, and he heard
+me, and delivered me out of all my troubles. Then I entered into
+the Valley of the Shadow of Death, and had no light for almost half
+the way through it. I thought I should have been killed there,
+over and over; but at last day broke, and the sun rose, and I went
+through that which was behind with far more ease and quiet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{185} Moreover, I saw in my dream, that as they went on, Faithful,
+as he chanced to look on one side, saw a man whose name is Talkative,
+walking at a distance beside them; for in this place there was room
+enough for them all to walk. He was a tall man, and something more
+comely at a distance than at hand. To this man Faithful addressed
+himself in this manner:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Friend, whither away? Are you going to the heavenly country?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. I am going to the same place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. That is well; then I hope we may have your good company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. With a very good will will I be your companion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{186} FAITH. Come on, then, and let us go together, and let us
+spend our time in discoursing of things that are profitable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Talkative's dislike of bad discourse
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. To talk of things that are good, to me is very acceptable,
+with you or with any other; and I am glad that I have met with those
+that incline to so good a work; for, to speak the truth, there are
+but few that care thus to spend their time, (as they are in their
+travels), but choose much rather to be speaking of things to no
+profit; and this hath been a trouble for me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. That is indeed a thing to be lamented; for what things so
+worthy of the use of the tongue and mouth of men on earth as are
+the things of the God of heaven?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. I like you wonderful well, for your sayings are full of
+conviction; and I will add, what thing is so pleasant, and what
+so profitable, as to talk of the things of God? What things so
+pleasant (that is, if a man hath any delight in things that are
+wonderful)? For instance, if a man doth delight to talk of the
+history or the mystery of things; or if a man doth love to talk of
+miracles, wonders, or signs, where shall he find things recorded
+so delightful, and so sweetly penned, as in the Holy Scripture?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{187} FAITH. That is true; but to be profited by such things in
+our talk should be that which we design.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Talkative's fine discourse
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. That is it that I said; for to talk of such things is most
+profitable; for by so doing, a man may get knowledge of many things;
+as of the vanity of earthly things, and the benefit of things above.
+Thus, in general, but more particularly by this, a man may learn
+the necessity of the new birth, the insufficiency of our works,
+the need of Christ's righteousness, &amp;c. Besides, by this a man
+may learn, by talk, what it is to repent, to believe, to pray,
+to suffer, or the like; by this also a man may learn what are the
+great promises and consolations of the gospel, to his own comfort.
+Further, by this a man may learn to refute false opinions, to
+vindicate the truth, and also to instruct the ignorant.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. All this is true, and glad am I to hear these things from
+you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. Alas! the want of this is the cause why so few understand
+the need of faith, and the necessity of a work of grace in their
+soul, in order to eternal life; but ignorantly live in the works
+of the law, by which a man can by no means obtain the kingdom of
+heaven.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{188} FAITH. But, by your leave, heavenly knowledge of these is the
+gift of God; no man attaineth to them by human industry, or only
+by the talk of them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. All this I know very well; for a man can receive nothing,
+except it be given him from Heaven; all is of grace, not of works.
+I could give you a hundred scriptures for the confirmation of this.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Well, then, said Faithful, what is that one thing that we
+shall at this time found our discourse upon?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. What you will. I will talk of things heavenly, or things
+earthly; things moral, or things evangelical; things sacred, or
+things profane; things past, or things to come; things foreign, or
+things at home; things more essential, or things circumstantial;
+provided that all be done to our profit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{189} FAITH. Now did Faithful begin to wonder; and stepping to
+Christian, (for he walked all this while by himself), he said to
+him, (but softly), What a brave companion have we got! Surely this
+man will make a very excellent pilgrim.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. At this Christian modestly smiled, and said, This man, with
+whom you are so taken, will beguile, with that tongue of his, twenty
+of them that know him not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Do you know him, then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{190} CHR. Know him! Yes, better than he knows himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Pray, what is he?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. His name is Talkative; he dwelleth in our town. I wonder that
+you should be a stranger to him, only I consider that our town is
+large.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Whose son is he? And whereabout does he dwell?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. He is the son of one Say-well; he dwelt in Prating Row; and is
+known of all that are acquainted with him, by the name of Talkative
+in Prating Row; and notwithstanding his fine tongue, he is but a
+sorry fellow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{191} FAITH. Well, he seems to be a very pretty man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. That is, to them who have not thorough acquaintance with him;
+for he is best abroad; near home, he is ugly enough. Your saying
+that he is a pretty man, brings to my mind what I have observed in
+the work of the painter, whose pictures show best at a distance,
+but, very near, more unpleasing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{192} FAITH. But I am ready to think you do but jest, because you
+smiled.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. God forbid that I should jest (although I smiled) in this
+matter, or that I should accuse any falsely! I will give you
+a further discovery of him. This man is for any company, and for
+any talk; as he talketh now with you, so will he talk when he is on
+the ale-bench; and the more drink he hath in his crown, the more
+of these things he hath in his mouth; religion hath no place in his
+heart, or house, or conversation; all he hath lieth in his tongue,
+and his religion is, to make a noise therewith.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{193} FAITH. Say you so! then am I in this man greatly deceived.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Deceived! you may be sure of it; remember the proverb, "They
+say and do not." [Matt. 23:3] But the kingdom of God is not in
+word, but in Power. [1 Cor 4:20] He talketh of prayer, of repentance,
+of faith, and of the new birth; but he knows but only to talk of
+them. I have been in his family, and have observed him both at
+home and abroad; and I know what I say of him is the truth. His
+house is as empty of religion as the white of an egg is of savour.
+There is there neither prayer nor sign of repentance for sin; yea,
+the brute in his kind serves God far better than he. He is the
+very stain, reproach, and shame of religion, to all that know him;
+it can hardly have a good word in all that end of the town where
+he dwells, through him. [Rom. 2:24,25] Thus say the common people
+that know him, A saint abroad, and a devil at home. His poor
+family finds it so; he is such a churl, such a railer at and so
+unreasonable with his servants, that they neither know how to do
+for or speak to him. Men that have any dealings with him say it is
+better to deal with a Turk than with him; for fairer dealing they
+shall have at their hands. This Talkative (if it be possible) will
+go beyond them, defraud, beguile, and overreach them. Besides, he
+brings up his sons to follow his steps; and if he findeth in any of
+them a foolish timorousness, (for so he calls the first appearance
+of a tender conscience,) he calls them fools and blockheads, and by
+no means will employ them in much, or speak to their commendations
+before others. For my part, I am of opinion, that he has, by his
+wicked life, caused many to stumble and fall; and will be, if God
+prevent not, the ruin of many more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{194} FAITH. Well, my brother, I am bound to believe you; not only
+because you say you know him, but also because, like a Christian,
+you make your reports of men. For I cannot think that you speak
+these things of ill-will, but because it is even so as you say.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Had I known him no more than you, I might perhaps have thought
+of him, as, at the first, you did; yea, had he received this report
+at their hands only that are enemies to religion, I should have
+thought it had been a slander,--a lot that often falls from bad
+men's mouths upon good men's names and professions; but all these
+things, yea, and a great many more as bad, of my own knowledge,
+I can prove him guilty of. Besides, good men are ashamed of him;
+they can neither call him brother, nor friend; the very naming of
+him among them makes them blush, if they know him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{195} FAITH. Well, I see that saying and doing are two things, and
+hereafter I shall better observe this distinction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. They are two things, indeed, and are as diverse as are the
+soul and the body; for as the body without the soul is but a dead
+carcass, so saying, if it be alone, is but a dead carcass also.
+The soul of religion is the practical part: "Pure religion
+and undefiled, before God and the Father, is this, To visit the
+fatherless and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself
+unspotted from the world." [James 1:27; see vv. 22-26] This
+Talkative is not aware of; he thinks that hearing and saying will
+make a good Christian, and thus he deceiveth his own soul. Hearing
+is but as the sowing of the seed; talking is not sufficient to
+prove that fruit is indeed in the heart and life; and let us assure
+ourselves, that at the day of doom men shall be judged according
+to their fruits. [Matt. 13, 25] It will not be said then, Did you
+believe? but, Were you doers, or talkers only? and accordingly
+shall they be judged. The end of the world is compared to our
+harvest; and you know men at harvest regard nothing but fruit.
+Not that anything can be accepted that is not of faith, but I speak
+this to show you how insignificant the profession of Talkative will
+be at that day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{196} FAITH. This brings to my mind that of Moses, by which he
+describeth the beast that is clean. [Lev. 11:3-7; Deut. 14:6-8]
+He is such a one that parteth the hoof and cheweth the cud; not
+that parteth the hoof only, or that cheweth the cud only. The
+hare cheweth the cud, but yet is unclean, because he parteth not
+the hoof. And this truly resembleth Talkative; he cheweth the cud,
+he seeketh knowledge, he cheweth upon the word; but he divideth
+not the hoof, he parteth not with the way of sinners; but, as the
+hare, he retaineth the foot of a dog or bear, and therefore he is
+unclean.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. You have spoken, for aught I know, the true gospel sense
+of those texts. And I will add another thing: Paul calleth some
+men, yea, and those great talkers, too, sounding brass and tinkling
+cymbals; that is, as he expounds them in another place, things
+without life, giving sound. [1 Cor. 13:1-3; 14:7] Things without
+life, that is, without the true faith and grace of the gospel;
+and consequently, things that shall never be placed in the kingdom
+of heaven among those that are the children of life; though their
+sound, by their talk, be as if it were the tongue or voice of an
+angel.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Well, I was not so fond of his company at first, but I am
+as sick of it now. What shall we do to be rid of him?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Take my advice, and do as I bid you, and you shall find that
+he will soon be sick of your company too, except God shall touch
+his heart, and turn it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. What would you have me to do?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, go to him, and enter into some serious discourse about
+the power of religion; and ask him plainly (when he has approved
+of it, for that he will) whether this thing be set up in his heart,
+house, or conversation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{197} FAITH. Then Faithful stepped forward again, and said to
+Talkative, Come, what cheer? How is it now?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. Thank you, well. I thought we should have had a great deal
+of talk by this time.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{198} FAITH. Well, if you will, we will fall to it now; and since
+you left it with me to state the question, let it be this: How doth
+the saving grace of God discover itself when it is in the heart of
+man?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Talkative's false discovery of a work of grace
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. I perceive, then, that our talk must be about the power of
+things. Well, it is a very good question, and I shall be willing
+to answer you. And take my answer in brief, thus: First, Where
+the grace of God is in the heart, it causeth there a great outcry
+against sin. Secondly--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Nay, hold, let us consider of one at once. I think you
+should rather say, It shows itself by inclining the soul to abhor
+its sin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. Why, what difference is there between crying out against,
+and abhorring of sin?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{199} FAITH. Oh, a great deal. A man may cry out against sin of
+policy, but he cannot abhor it, but by virtue of a godly antipathy
+against it. I have heard many cry out against sin in the pulpit,
+who yet can abide it well enough in the heart, house, and conversation.
+Joseph's mistress cried out with a loud voice, as if she had been
+very holy; but she would willingly, notwithstanding that, have
+committed uncleanness with him. Some cry out against sin even as
+the mother cries out against her child in her lap, when she calleth
+it slut and naughty girl, and then falls to hugging and kissing
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. You lie at the catch, I perceive.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{200} FAITH. No, not I; I am only for setting things right. But
+what is the second thing whereby you would prove a discovery of a
+work of grace in the heart?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. Great knowledge of gospel mysteries.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. This sign should have been first; but first or last, it is
+also false; for knowledge, great knowledge, may be obtained in the
+mysteries of the gospel, and yet no work of grace in the soul. [1
+Cor. 13] Yea, if a man have all knowledge, he may yet be nothing,
+and so consequently be no child of God. When Christ said, "Do you
+know all these things?" and the disciples had answered, Yes; he
+addeth, "Blessed are ye if ye do them." He doth not lay the blessing
+in the knowing of them, but in the doing of them. For there is
+a knowledge that is not attended with doing: He that knoweth his
+masters will, and doeth it not. A man may know like an angel, and
+yet be no Christian, therefore your sign of it is not true. Indeed,
+to know is a thing that pleaseth talkers and boasters, but to do is
+that which pleaseth God. Not that the heart can be good without
+knowledge; for without that, the heart is naught. There is,
+therefore, knowledge and knowledge. Knowledge that resteth in the
+bare speculation of things; and knowledge that is accompanied with
+the grace of faith and love; which puts a man upon doing even the
+will of God from the heart: the first of these will serve the
+talker; but without the other the true Christian is not content.
+"Give me understanding, and I shall keep thy law; yea, I shall
+observe it with my whole heart." [Ps. 119:34]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. You lie at the catch again; this is not for edification.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Well, if you please, propound another sign how this work of
+grace discovereth itself where it is.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. Not I, for I see we shall not agree.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. Well, if you will not, will you give me leave to do it?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. You may use your liberty.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{201} FAITH. A work of grace in the soul discovereth itself, either
+to him that hath it, or to standers by.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+To him that hath it thus: It gives him conviction of sin, especially
+of the defilement of his nature and the sin of unbelief, (for the
+sake of which he is sure to be damned, if he findeth not mercy at
+God's hand, by faith in Jesus Christ [John 16:8, Rom. 7:24, John
+16:9, Mark 16:16]). This sight and sense of things worketh in him
+sorrow and shame for sin; he findeth, moreover, revealed in him the
+Saviour of the world, and the absolute necessity of closing with
+him for life, at the which he findeth hungerings and thirstings
+after him; to which hungerings, &amp;c., the promise is made. [Ps.
+38:18, Jer. 31:19, Gal. 2:16, Acts 4:12, Matt. 5:6, Rev. 21:6]
+Now, according to the strength or weakness of his faith in his
+Saviour, so is his joy and peace, so is his love to holiness, so
+are his desires to know him more, and also to serve him in this
+world. But though I say it discovereth itself thus unto him, yet
+it is but seldom that he is able to conclude that this is a work
+of grace; because his corruptions now, and his abused reason, make
+his mind to misjudge in this matter; therefore, in him that hath
+this work, there is required a very sound judgement before he can,
+with steadiness, conclude that this is a work of grace.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{202} To others, it is thus discovered:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+1. By an experimental confession of his faith in Christ. [Rom.
+10:10, Phil. 1:27, Matt. 5:19]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+2. By a life answerable to that confession; to wit, a life of
+holiness, heart-holiness, family-holiness, (if he hath a family),
+and by conversation-holiness in the world which, in the general,
+teacheth him, inwardly, to abhor his sin, and himself for that, in
+secret; to suppress it in his family and to promote holiness in
+the world; not by talk only, as a hypocrite or talkative person may
+do, but by a practical subjection, in faith and love, to the power
+of the Word. [John 14:15, Ps. 50:23, Job 42:5-6, Eze. 20:43]
+And now, Sir, as to this brief description of the work of grace,
+and also the discovery of it, if you have aught to object, object;
+if not, then give me leave to propound to you a second question.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{203} TALK. Nay, my part is not now to object, but to hear; let
+me, therefore, have your second question.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. It is this: Do you experience this first part of this
+description of it? and doth your life and conversation testify the
+same? or standeth your religion in word or in tongue, and not in
+deed and truth? Pray, if you incline to answer me in this, say
+no more than you know the God above will say Amen to; and also
+nothing but what your conscience can justify you in; for not he
+that commendeth himself is approved, but whom the Lord commendeth.
+Besides, to say I am thus and thus, when my conversation, and all
+my neighbours, tell me I lie, is great wickedness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{204} TALK. Then Talkative at first began to blush; but, recovering
+himself, thus he replied: You come now to experience, to conscience,
+and God; and to appeal to him for justification of what is spoken.
+This kind of discourse I did not expect; nor am I disposed to
+give an answer to such questions, because I count not myself bound
+thereto, unless you take upon you to be a catechiser, and, though
+you should so do, yet I may refuse to make you my judge. But, I
+pray, will you tell me why you ask me such questions?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{205} FAITH. Because I saw you forward to talk, and because I knew
+not that you had aught else but notion. Besides, to tell you all
+the truth, I have heard of you, that you are a man whose religion
+lies in talk, and that your conversation gives this your mouth-profession
+the lie.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Faithful's plain dealing with Talkative
+</p>
+
+<p>
+They say, you are a spot among Christians; and that religion fareth
+the worse for your ungodly conversation; that some have already
+stumbled at your wicked ways, and that more are in danger of being
+destroyed thereby; your religion, and an ale-house, and covetousness,
+and uncleanness, and swearing, and lying, and vain-company keeping,
+&amp;c., will stand together. The proverb is true of you which is
+said of a whore, to wit, that she is a shame to all women; so are
+you a shame to all professors.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+TALK. Since you are ready to take up reports and to judge so rashly
+as you do, I cannot but conclude you are some peevish or melancholy
+man, not fit to be discoursed with; and so adieu.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{206} CHR. Then came up Christian, and said to his brother, I told
+you how it would happen: your words and his lusts could not agree;
+he had rather leave your company than reform his life. But he is
+gone, as I said; let him go, the loss is no man's but his own; he
+has saved us the trouble of going from him; for he continuing (as
+I suppose he will do) as he is, he would have been but a blot in our
+company: besides, the apostle says, "From such withdraw thyself."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. But I am glad we had this little discourse with him; it
+may happen that he will think of it again: however, I have dealt
+plainly with him, and so am clear of his blood, if he perisheth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{207} CHR. You did well to talk so plainly to him as you did;
+there is but little of this faithful dealing with men now-a-days,
+and that makes religion to stink so in the nostrils of many, as it
+doth; for they are these talkative fools whose religion is only in
+word, and are debauched and vain in their conversation, that (being
+so much admitted into the fellowship of the godly) do puzzle the
+world, blemish Christianity, and grieve the sincere. I wish that
+all men would deal with such as you have done: then should they
+either be made more conformable to religion, or the company of
+saints would be too hot for them. Then did Faithful say,
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ How Talkative at first lifts up his plumes!<br/>
+ How bravely doth he speak! How he presumes<br/>
+ To drive down all before him! But so soon<br/>
+ As Faithful talks of heart-work, like the moon<br/>
+ That's past the full, into the wane he goes.<br/>
+ And so will all, but he that HEART-WORK knows.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{208} Thus they went on talking of what they had seen by the way,
+and so made that way easy which would otherwise, no doubt, have
+been tedious to them; for now they went through a wilderness.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{209} Now, when they were got almost quite out of this wilderness,
+Faithful chanced to cast his eye back, and espied one coming after
+them, and he knew him. Oh! said Faithful to his brother, who
+comes yonder? Then Christian looked, and said, It is my good friend
+Evangelist. Ay, and my good friend too, said Faithful, for it was
+he that set me in the way to the gate. Now was Evangelist come up
+to them, and thus saluted them:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{210} EVAN. Peace be with you, dearly beloved; and peace be to your
+helpers.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Welcome, welcome, my good Evangelist, the sight of
+thy countenance brings to my remembrance thy ancient kindness and
+unwearied labouring for my eternal good.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. And a thousand times welcome, said good Faithful. Thy
+company, O sweet Evangelist, how desirable it is to us poor pilgrims!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. Then said Evangelist, How hath it fared with you, my friends,
+since the time of our last parting? What have you met with, and
+how have you behaved yourselves?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{211} Then Christian and Faithful told him of all things that had
+happened to them in the way; and how, and with what difficulty,
+they had arrived at that place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{212} EVAN. Right glad am I, said Evangelist, not that you have
+met with trials, but that you have been victors; and for that you
+have, notwithstanding many weaknesses, continued in the way to this
+very day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+I say, right glad am I of this thing, and that for mine own sake
+and yours. I have sowed, and you have reaped: and the day is
+coming, when both he that sowed and they that reaped shall rejoice
+together; that is, if you hold out: "for in due season ye shall
+reap, if ye faint not." [John 4:36, Gal. 6:9] The crown is before
+you, and it is an incorruptible one; so run, that you may obtain
+it. [1 Cor. 9:24-27] Some there be that set out for this crown,
+and, after they have gone far for it, another comes in, and takes
+it from them: hold fast, therefore, that you have; let no man
+take your crown. [Rev. 3:11] You are not yet out of the gun-shot
+of the devil; you have not resisted unto blood, striving against
+sin; let the kingdom be always before you, and believe steadfastly
+concerning things that are invisible. Let nothing that is on this
+side the other world get within you; and, above all, look well to
+your own hearts, and to the lusts thereof, "for they are deceitful
+above all things, and desperately wicked"; set your faces like a
+flint; you have all power in heaven and earth on your side.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{213} CHR. Then Christian thanked him for his exhortation; but
+told him, withal, that they would have him speak further to them
+for their help the rest of the way, and the rather, for that they
+well knew that he was a prophet, and could tell them of things that
+might happen unto them, and also how they might resist and overcome
+them. To which request Faithful also consented. So Evangelist
+began as followeth:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+EVAN. My sons, you have heard, in the words of the truth of
+the gospel, that you must, through many tribulations, enter into
+the kingdom of heaven. And, again, that in every city bonds and
+afflictions abide in you; and therefore you cannot expect that you
+should go long on your pilgrimage without them, in some sort or
+other. You have found something of the truth of these testimonies
+upon you already, and more will immediately follow; for now, as
+you see, you are almost out of this wilderness, and therefore you
+will soon come into a town that you will by and by see before you;
+and in that town you will be hardly beset with enemies, who will
+strain hard but they will kill you; and be you sure that one or
+both of you must seal the testimony which you hold, with blood; but
+be you faithful unto death, and the King will give you a crown of
+life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{214} He that shall die there, although his death will be unnatural,
+and his pain perhaps great, he will yet have the better of his
+fellow; not only because he will be arrived at the Celestial City
+soonest, but because he will escape many miseries that the other
+will meet with in the rest of his journey. But when you are come
+to the town, and shall find fulfilled what I have here related,
+then remember your friend, and quit yourselves like men, and commit
+the keeping of your souls to your God in well-doing, as unto a
+faithful Creator.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{215} Then I saw in my dream, that when they were got out of the
+wilderness, they presently saw a town before them, and the name of
+that town is Vanity; and at the town there is a fair kept, called
+Vanity Fair: it is kept all the year long. It beareth the name
+of Vanity Fair because the town where it is kept is lighter than
+vanity; and, also because all that is there sold, or that cometh
+thither, is vanity. As is the saying of the wise, "all that cometh
+is vanity." [Eccl. 1; 2:11,17; 11:8; Isa. 11:17]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{216} This fair is no new-erected business, but a thing of ancient
+standing; I will show you the original of it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Almost five thousand years agone, there were pilgrims walking to
+the Celestial City, as these two honest persons are: and Beelzebub,
+Apollyon, and Legion, with their companions, perceiving by the
+path that the pilgrims made, that their way to the city lay through
+this town of Vanity, they contrived here to set up a fair; a fair
+wherein, should be sold all sorts of vanity, and that it should last
+all the year long: therefore at this fair are all such merchandise
+sold, as houses, lands, trades, places, honours, preferments, titles,
+countries, kingdoms, lusts, pleasures, and delights of all sorts,
+as whores, bawds, wives, husbands, children, masters, servants,
+lives, blood, bodies, souls, silver, gold, pearls, precious stones,
+and what not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And, moreover, at this fair there is at all times to be seen juggling
+cheats, games, plays, fools, apes, knaves, and rogues, and that of
+every kind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Here are to be seen, too, and that for nothing, thefts, murders,
+adulteries, false swearers, and that of a blood-red colour.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{217} And as in other fairs of less moment, there are the several
+rows and streets, under their proper names, where such and such
+wares are vended; so here likewise you have the proper places,
+rows, streets, (viz. countries and kingdoms), where the wares of
+this fair are soonest to be found. Here is the Britain Row, the
+French Row, the Italian Row, the Spanish Row, the German Row, where
+several sorts of vanities are to be sold. But, as in other fairs,
+some one commodity is as the chief of all the fair, so the ware
+of Rome and her merchandise is greatly promoted in this fair; only
+our English nation, with some others, have taken a dislike thereat.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{218} Now, as I said, the way to the Celestial City lies just
+through this town where this lusty fair is kept; and he that will
+go to the city, and yet not go through this town, must needs go out
+of the world. [1 Cor. 5:10] The Prince of princes himself, when
+here, went through this town to his own country, and that upon a
+fair day too; yea, and as I think, it was Beelzebub, the chief lord
+of this fair, that invited him to buy of his vanities; yea, would
+have made him lord of the fair, would he but have done him reverence
+as he went through the town. [Matt. 4:8, Luke 4:5-7] Yea, because
+he was such a person of honour, Beelzebub had him from street to
+street, and showed him all the kingdoms of the world in a little
+time, that he might, if possible, allure the Blessed One to cheapen
+and buy some of his vanities; but he had no mind to the merchandise,
+and therefore left the town, without laying out so much as one
+farthing upon these vanities. This fair, therefore, is an ancient
+thing, of long standing, and a very great fair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{219} Now these pilgrims, as I said, must needs go through this
+fair. Well, so they did: but, behold, even as they entered into
+the fair, all the people in the fair were moved, and the town
+itself as it were in a hubbub about them; and that for several
+reasons: for--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{220} First, The pilgrims were clothed with such kind of raiment
+as was diverse from the raiment of any that traded in that fair.
+The people, therefore, of the fair, made a great gazing upon them:
+some said they were fools, some they were bedlams, and some they
+are outlandish men. [1 Cor. 2:7-8]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{221} Secondly, And as they wondered at their apparel, so they did
+likewise at their speech; for few could understand what they said;
+they naturally spoke the language of Canaan, but they that kept
+the fair were the men of this world; so that, from one end of the
+fair to the other, they seemed barbarians each to the other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{222} Thirdly, But that which did not a little amuse the merchandisers
+was, that these pilgrims set very light by all their wares; they
+cared not so much as to look upon them; and if they called upon them
+to buy, they would put their fingers in their ears, and cry, Turn
+away mine eyes from beholding vanity, and look upwards, signifying
+that their trade and traffic was in heaven. [Ps. 119:37, Phil.
+3:19-20]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{223} One chanced mockingly, beholding the carriage of the men, to
+say unto them, What will ye buy? But they, looking gravely upon
+him, answered, "We buy the truth." [Prov. 23:23] At that there
+was an occasion taken to despise the men the more; some mocking,
+some taunting, some speaking reproachfully, and some calling upon
+others to smite them. At last things came to a hubbub and great
+stir in the fair, insomuch that all order was confounded. Now was
+word presently brought to the great one of the fair, who quickly
+came down, and deputed some of his most trusty friends to take these
+men into examination, about whom the fair was almost overturned. So
+the men were brought to examination; and they that sat upon them,
+asked them whence they came, whither they went, and what they did
+there, in such an unusual garb? The men told them that they were
+pilgrims and strangers in the world, and that they were going to
+their own country, which was the heavenly Jerusalem, [Heb. 11:13-16]
+and that they had given no occasion to the men of the town, nor
+yet to the merchandisers, thus to abuse them, and to let them in
+their journey, except it was for that, when one asked them what
+they would buy, they said they would buy the truth. But they that
+were appointed to examine them did not believe them to be any other
+than bedlams and mad, or else such as came to put all things into
+a confusion in the fair. Therefore they took them and beat them,
+and besmeared them with dirt, and then put them into the cage, that
+they might be made a spectacle to all the men of the fair.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Behold Vanity Fair! the Pilgrims there<br/>
+ Are chain'd and stand beside:<br/>
+ Even so it was our Lord pass'd here,<br/>
+ And on Mount Calvary died.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{224} There, therefore, they lay for some time, and were made the
+objects of any man's sport, or malice, or revenge, the great one of
+the fair laughing still at all that befell them. But the men being
+patient, and not rendering railing for railing, but contrariwise,
+blessing, and good words for bad, and kindness for injuries done,
+some men in the fair that were more observing, and less prejudiced
+than the rest, began to check and blame the baser sort for their
+continual abuses done by them to the men; they, therefore, in
+angry manner, let fly at them again, counting them as bad as the
+men in the cage, and telling them that they seemed confederates, and
+should be made partakers of their misfortunes. The other replied
+that, for aught they could see, the men were quiet, and sober, and
+intended nobody any harm; and that there were many that traded in
+their fair that were more worthy to be put into the cage, yea, and
+pillory too, than were the men they had abused. Thus, after divers
+words had passed on both sides, the men behaving themselves all
+the while very wisely and soberly before them, they fell to some
+blows among themselves, and did harm one to another. Then were
+these two poor men brought before their examiners again, and there
+charged as being guilty of the late hubbub that had been in the
+fair. So they beat them pitifully, and hanged irons upon them,
+and led them in chains up and down the fair, for an example and a
+terror to others, lest any should speak in their behalf, or join
+themselves unto them. But Christian and Faithful behaved themselves
+yet more wisely, and received the ignominy and shame that was
+cast upon them, with so much meekness and patience, that it won to
+their side, though but few in comparison of the rest, several of
+the men in the fair. This put the other party yet into greater
+rage, insomuch that they concluded the death of these two men.
+Wherefore they threatened, that the cage nor irons should serve
+their turn, but that they should die, for the abuse they had done,
+and for deluding the men of the fair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then were they remanded to the cage again, until further order
+should be taken with them. So they put them in, and made their
+feet fast in the stocks.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{225} Here, therefore, they called again to mind what they had heard
+from their faithful friend Evangelist, and were the more confirmed
+in their way and sufferings by what he told them would happen to
+them. They also now comforted each other, that whose lot it was
+to suffer, even he should have the best of it; therefore each man
+secretly wished that he might have that preferment: but committing
+themselves to the all-wise disposal of Him that ruleth all things,
+with much content, they abode in the condition in which they were,
+until they should be otherwise disposed of.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{226} Then a convenient time being appointed, they brought them
+forth to their trial, in order to their condemnation. When the
+time was come, they were brought before their enemies and arraigned.
+The judge's name was Lord Hate-good. Their indictment was one and
+the same in substance, though somewhat varying in form, the contents
+whereof were this:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{227} "That they were enemies to and disturbers of their trade;
+that they had made commotions and divisions in the town, and had
+won a party to their own most dangerous opinions, in contempt of
+the law of their prince."
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Now, FAITHFUL, play the man, speak for thy God:<br/>
+ Fear not the wicked's malice; nor their rod:<br/>
+ Speak boldly, man, the truth is on thy side:<br/>
+ Die for it, and to life in triumph ride.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{228} Faithful's answer for himself
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Faithful began to answer, that he had only set himself against
+that which hath set itself against Him that is higher than the
+highest. And, said he, as for disturbance, I make none, being
+myself a man of peace; the parties that were won to us, were won
+by beholding our truth and innocence, and they are only turned from
+the worse to the better. And as to the king you talk of, since he
+is Beelzebub, the enemy of our Lord, I defy him and all his angels.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{229} Then proclamation was made, that they that had aught to say
+for their lord the king against the prisoner at the bar, should
+forthwith appear and give in their evidence. So there came in
+three witnesses, to wit, Envy, Superstition, and Pickthank. They
+were then asked if they knew the prisoner at the bar; and what they
+had to say for their lord the king against him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{230} Then stood forth Envy, and said to this effect: My Lord, I
+have known this man a long time, and will attest upon my oath before
+this honourable bench, that he is--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+JUDGE. Hold! Give him his oath. (So they sware him.) Then he said--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ENVY. My Lord, this man, notwithstanding his plausible name, is
+one of the vilest men in our country. He neither regardeth prince
+nor people, law nor custom; but doth all that he can to possess all
+men with certain of his disloyal notions, which he in the general
+calls principles of faith and holiness. And, in particular, I
+heard him once myself affirm that Christianity and the customs of
+our town of Vanity were diametrically opposite, and could not be
+reconciled. By which saying, my Lord, he doth at once not only
+condemn all our laudable doings, but us in the doing of them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+JUDGE. Then did the Judge say to him, Hast thou any more to say?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ENVY. My Lord, I could say much more, only I would not be tedious
+to the court. Yet, if need be, when the other gentlemen have given
+in their evidence, rather than anything shall be wanting that will
+despatch him, I will enlarge my testimony against him. So he was
+bid to stand by. Then they called Superstition, and bid him look
+upon the prisoner. They also asked, what he could say for their
+lord the king against him. Then they sware him; so he began.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{231} SUPER. My Lord, I have no great acquaintance with this man,
+nor do I desire to have further knowledge of him; however, this I
+know, that he is a very pestilent fellow, from some discourse that,
+the other day, I had with him in this town; for then, talking with
+him, I heard him say, that our religion was naught, and such by
+which a man could by no means please God. Which sayings of his, my
+Lord, your Lordship very well knows, what necessarily thence will
+follow, to wit, that we do still worship in vain, are yet in our
+sins, and finally shall be damned; and this is that which I have
+to say.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{232} Then was Pickthank sworn, and bid say what he knew, in behalf
+of their lord the king, against the prisoner at the bar.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Pickthank's testimony
+</p>
+
+<p>
+PICK. My Lord, and you gentlemen all, This fellow I have known of a
+long time, and have heard him speak things that ought not to be spoke;
+for he hath railed on our noble prince Beelzebub, and hath spoken
+contemptibly of his honourable friends, whose names are the Lord Old
+Man, the Lord Carnal Delight, the Lord Luxurious, the Lord Desire
+of Vain Glory, my old Lord Lechery, Sir Having Greedy, with all
+the rest of our nobility; and he hath said, moreover, That if all
+men were of his mind, if possible, there is not one of these noblemen
+should have any longer a being in this town. Besides, he hath not
+been afraid to rail on you, my Lord, who are now appointed to be
+his judge, calling you an ungodly villain, with many other such
+like vilifying terms, with which he hath bespattered most of the
+gentry of our town.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{233} When this Pickthank had told his tale, the Judge directed his
+speech to the prisoner at the bar, saying, Thou runagate, heretic,
+and traitor, hast thou heard what these honest gentlemen have
+witnessed against thee?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. May I speak a few words in my own defence?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+JUDGE. Sirrah! sirrah! thou deservest to live no longer, but to
+be slain immediately upon the place; yet, that all men may see our
+gentleness towards thee, let us hear what thou, vile runagate, hast
+to say.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{234} Faithful's defence of himself
+</p>
+
+<p>
+FAITH. 1. I say, then, in answer to what Mr. Envy hath spoken,
+I never said aught but this, That what rule, or laws, or customs,
+or people, were flat against the Word of God, are diametrically
+opposite to Christianity. If I have said amiss in this, convince
+me of my error, and I am ready here before you to make my recantation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{235} 2. As to the second, to wit, Mr. Superstition, and his charge
+against me, I said only this, That in the worship of God there is
+required a Divine faith; but there can be no Divine faith without
+a Divine revelation of the will of God. Therefore, whatever
+is thrust into the worship of God that is not agreeable to Divine
+revelation, cannot be done but by a human faith, which faith will
+not be profitable to eternal life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{236} 3. As to what Mr. Pickthank hath said, I say (avoiding terms,
+as that I am said to rail, and the like) that the prince of this
+town, with all the rabblement, his attendants, by this gentleman
+named, are more fit for a being in hell, than in this town and
+country: and so, the Lord have mercy upon me!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{237} Then the Judge called to the jury (who all this while stood
+by, to hear and observe): Gentlemen of the jury, you see this man
+about whom so great an uproar hath been made in this town. You
+have also heard what these worthy gentlemen have witnessed against
+him. Also you have heard his reply and confession. It lieth now
+in your breasts to hang him or save his life; but yet I think meet
+to instruct you into our law.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{238} There was an Act made in the days of Pharaoh the Great,
+servant to our prince, that lest those of a contrary religion should
+multiply and grow too strong for him, their males should be thrown
+into the river. [Exo. 1:22] There was also an Act made in the
+days of Nebuchadnezzar the Great, another of his servants, that
+whosoever would not fall down and worship his golden image, should
+be thrown into a fiery furnace. [Dan. 3:6] There was also an Act
+made in the days of Darius, that whoso, for some time, called upon
+any god but him, should be cast into the lions' den. [Dan. 6]
+Now the substance of these laws this rebel has broken, not only
+in thought, (which is not to be borne), but also in word and deed;
+which must therefore needs be intolerable.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{239} For that of Pharaoh, his law was made upon a supposition, to
+prevent mischief, no crime being yet apparent; but here is a crime
+apparent. For the second and third, you see he disputeth against
+our religion; and for the treason he hath confessed, he deserveth
+to die the death.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{240} Then went the jury out, whose names were, Mr. Blind-man, Mr.
+No-good, Mr. Malice, Mr. Love-lust, Mr. Live-loose, Mr. Heady, Mr.
+High-mind, Mr. Enmity, Mr. Liar, Mr. Cruelty, Mr. Hate-light, and
+Mr. Implacable; who every one gave in his private verdict against
+him among themselves, and afterwards unanimously concluded to bring
+him in guilty before the Judge. And first, among themselves, Mr.
+Blind-man, the foreman, said, I see clearly that this man is a
+heretic. Then said Mr. No-good, Away with such a fellow from the
+earth. Ay, said Mr. Malice, for I hate the very looks of him.
+Then said Mr. Love-lust, I could never endure him. Nor I, said Mr.
+Live-loose, for he would always be condemning my way. Hang him,
+hang him, said Mr. Heady. A sorry scrub, said Mr. High-mind. My
+heart riseth against him, said Mr. Enmity. He is a rogue, said
+Mr. Liar. Hanging is too good for him, said Mr. Cruelty. Let us
+despatch him out of the way, said Mr. Hate-light. Then said Mr.
+Implacable, Might I have all the world given me, I could not be
+reconciled to him; therefore, let us forthwith bring him in guilty
+of death. And so they did; therefore he was presently condemned
+to be had from the place where he was, to the place from whence
+he came, and there to be put to the most cruel death that could be
+invented.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{241} They therefore brought him out, to do with him according to
+their law; and, first, they scourged him, then they buffeted him,
+then they lanced his flesh with knives; after that, they stoned
+him with stones, then pricked him with their swords; and, last of
+all, they burned him to ashes at the stake. Thus came Faithful to
+his end.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{242} Now I saw that there stood behind the multitude a chariot
+and a couple of horses, waiting for Faithful, who (so soon as his
+adversaries had despatched him) was taken up into it, and straightway
+was carried up through the clouds, with sound of trumpet, the
+nearest way to the Celestial Gate.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Brave FAITHFUL, bravely done in word and deed;<br/>
+ Judge, witnesses, and jury have, instead<br/>
+ Of overcoming thee, but shown their rage:<br/>
+ When they are dead, thou'lt live from age to age*.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+*In the New Heaven and New Earth. {footnote from one edition}
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{243} But as for Christian, he had some respite, and was remanded
+back to prison. So he there remained for a space; but He that
+overrules all things, having the power of their rage in his own
+hand, so wrought it about, that Christian for that time escaped
+them, and went his way. And as he went, he sang, saying--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Well, Faithful, thou hast faithfully profest<br/>
+ Unto thy Lord; with whom thou shalt be blest,<br/>
+ When faithless ones, with all their vain delights,<br/>
+ Are crying out under their hellish plights:<br/>
+ Sing, Faithful, sing, and let thy name survive;<br/>
+ For though they kill'd thee, thou art yet alive!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{244} Now I saw in my dream, that Christian went not forth alone,
+for there was one whose name was Hopeful (being made so by the
+beholding of Christian and Faithful in their words and behaviour,
+in their sufferings at the fair), who joined himself unto him, and,
+entering into a brotherly covenant, told him that he would be his
+companion. Thus, one died to bear testimony to the truth, and
+another rises out of his ashes, to be a companion with Christian
+in his pilgrimage. This Hopeful also told Christian, that there
+were many more of the men in the fair, that would take their time
+and follow after.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{245} So I saw that quickly after they were got out of the fair,
+they overtook one that was going before them, whose name was By-ends:
+so they said to him, What countryman, Sir? and how far go you this
+way? He told them that he came from the town of Fair-speech, and
+he was going to the Celestial City (but told them not his name).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+From Fair-speech! said Christian. Is there any good that lives
+there? [Prov. 26:25]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. Yes, said By-ends, I hope.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Pray, Sir, what may I call you? said Christian.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. I am a stranger to you, and you to me: if you be going
+this way, I shall be glad of your company; if not, I must be content.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. This town of Fair-speech, said Christian, I have heard of;
+and, as I remember, they say it is a wealthy place.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. Yes, I will assure you that it is; and I have very many
+rich kindred there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{246} CHR. Pray, who are your kindred there? if a man may be so
+bold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. Almost the whole town; and in particular, my Lord
+Turn-about, my Lord Time-server, my Lord Fair-speech, (from whose
+ancestors that town first took its name), also Mr. Smooth-man, Mr.
+Facing-both-ways, Mr. Any-thing; and the parson of our parish, Mr.
+Two-tongues, was my mother's own brother by father's side; and to
+tell you the truth, I am become a gentleman of good quality, yet
+my great-grandfather was but a waterman, looking one way and rowing
+another, and I got most of my estate by the same occupation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Are you a married man?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. Yes, and my wife is a very virtuous woman, the daughter
+of a virtuous woman; she was my Lady Feigning's daughter, therefore
+she came of a very honourable family, and is arrived to such a
+pitch of breeding, that she knows how to carry it to all, even to
+prince and peasant. It is true we somewhat differ in religion from
+those of the stricter sort, yet but in two small points: first,
+we never strive against wind and tide; secondly, we are always most
+zealous when religion goes in his silver slippers; we love much
+to walk with him in the street, if the sun shines, and the people
+applaud him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{247} Then Christian stepped a little aside to his fellow, Hopeful,
+saying, It runs in my mind that this is one By-ends of Fair-speech;
+and if it be he, we have as very a knave in our company as dwelleth
+in all these parts. Then said Hopeful, Ask him; methinks he should
+not be ashamed of his name. So Christian came up with him again,
+and said, Sir, you talk as if you knew something more than all the
+world doth; and if I take not my mark amiss, I deem I have half a
+guess of you: Is not your name Mr. By-ends, of Fair-speech?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. This is not my name, but indeed it is a nick-name that is
+given me by some that cannot abide me: and I must be content to
+bear it as a reproach, as other good men have borne theirs before
+me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{247} CHR. But did you never give an occasion to men to call you
+by this name?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. Never, never! The worst that ever I did to give them an
+occasion to give me this name was, that I had always the luck to
+jump in my judgment with the present way of the times, whatever it
+was, and my chance was to get thereby; but if things are thus cast
+upon me, let me count them a blessing; but let not the malicious
+load me therefore with reproach.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{248} CHR. I thought, indeed, that you were the man that I heard
+of; and to tell you what I think, I fear this name belongs to you
+more properly than you are willing we should think it doth.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. Well, if you will thus imagine, I cannot help it; you
+shall find me a fair company-keeper, if you will still admit me
+your associate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. If you will go with us, you must go against wind and tide;
+the which, I perceive, is against your opinion; you must also own
+religion in his rags, as well as when in his silver slippers; and
+stand by him, too, when bound in irons, as well as when he walketh
+the streets with applause.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. You must not impose, nor lord it over my faith; leave me
+to my liberty, and let me go with you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Not a step further, unless you will do in what I propound as
+we.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said By-ends, I shall never desert my old principles, since
+they are harmless and profitable. If I may not go with you, I must
+do as I did before you overtook me, even go by myself, until some
+overtake me that will be glad of my company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{249} Now I saw in my dream that Christian and Hopeful forsook him,
+and kept their distance before him; but one of them looking back,
+saw three men following Mr. By-ends, and behold, as they came up
+with him, he made them a very low conge {conge'}; and they also
+gave him a compliment. The men's names were Mr. Hold-the-world,
+Mr. Money-love, and Mr. Save-all; men that Mr. By-ends had formerly
+been acquainted with; for in their minority they were schoolfellows,
+and were taught by one Mr. Gripe-man, a schoolmaster in Love-gain,
+which is a market town in the county of Coveting, in the north. This
+schoolmaster taught them the art of getting, either by violence,
+cozenage, flattery, lying, or by putting on the guise of religion;
+and these four gentlemen had attained much of the art of their
+master, so that they could each of them have kept such a school
+themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{250} Well, when they had, as I said, thus saluted each other, Mr.
+Money-love said to Mr. By-ends, Who are they upon the road before
+us? (for Christian and Hopeful were yet within view).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+By-ends' character of the pilgrims
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. They are a couple of far countrymen, that, after their
+mode, are going on pilgrimage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MONEY-LOVE. Alas! Why did they not stay, that we might have had
+their good company? for they, and we, and you, Sir, I hope, are
+all going on pilgrimage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. We are so, indeed; but the men before us are so rigid,
+and love so much their own notions, and do also so lightly esteem
+the opinions of others, that let a man be never so godly, yet if
+he jumps not with them in all things, they thrust him quite out of
+their company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{251} SAVE-ALL. That is bad, but we read of some that are righteous
+overmuch; and such men's rigidness prevails with them to judge and
+condemn all but themselves. But, I pray, what, and how many, were
+the things wherein you differed?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+BY-ENDS. Why, they, after their headstrong manner, conclude that
+it is duty to rush on their journey all weathers; and I am for
+waiting for wind and tide. They are for hazarding all for God at
+a clap; and I am for taking all advantages to secure my life and
+estate. They are for holding their notions, though all other men
+are against them; but I am for religion in what, and so far as the
+times, and my safety, will bear it. They are for religion when
+in rags and contempt; but I am for him when he walks in his golden
+slippers, in the sunshine, and with applause.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{252} HOLD-THE-WORLD. Ay, and hold you there still, good Mr.
+By-ends; for, for my part, I can count him but a fool, that, having
+the liberty to keep what he has, shall be so unwise as to lose it.
+Let us be wise as serpents; it is best to make hay when the sun
+shines; you see how the bee lieth still all winter, and bestirs her
+only when she can have profit with pleasure. God sends sometimes
+rain, and sometimes sunshine; if they be such fools to go through
+the first, yet let us be content to take fair weather along with
+us. For my part, I like that religion best that will stand with
+the security of God's good blessings unto us; for who can imagine,
+that is ruled by his reason, since God has bestowed upon us the
+good things of this life, but that he would have us keep them for
+his sake? Abraham and Solomon grew rich in religion. And Job
+says, that a good man shall lay up gold as dust. But he must not
+be such as the men before us, if they be as you have described
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SAVE-ALL. I think that we are all agreed in this matter, and
+therefore there needs no more words about it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+MONEY-LOVE. No, there needs no more words about this matter, indeed;
+for he that believes neither Scripture nor reason (and you see we
+have both on our side) neither knows his own liberty, nor seeks
+his own safety.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{253} BY-ENDS. My brethren, we are, as you see, going all on
+pilgrimage; and, for our better diversion from things that are bad,
+give me leave to propound unto you this question:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Suppose a man, a minister, or a tradesman, &amp;c., should have an
+advantage lie before him, to get the good blessings of this life,
+yet so as that he can by no means come by them except, in appearance
+at least, he becomes extraordinarily zealous in some points
+of religion that he meddled not with before, may he not use these
+means to attain his end, and yet be a right honest man?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{254} MONEY-LOVE. I see the bottom of your question; and, with these
+gentlemen's good leave, I will endeavour to shape you an answer.
+And first, to speak to your question as it concerns a minister
+himself: Suppose a minister, a worthy man, possessed but of a very
+small benefice, and has in his eye a greater, more fat, and plump
+by far; he has also now an opportunity of getting of it, yet so as
+by being more studious, by preaching more frequently and zealously,
+and, because the temper of the people requires it, by altering
+of some of his principles; for my part, I see no reason but a man
+may do this, (provided he has a call), ay, and more a great deal
+besides, and yet be an honest man. For why--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{255} 1. His desire of a greater benefice is lawful, (this cannot
+be contradicted), since it is set before him by Providence; so then,
+he may get it, if he can, making no question for conscience' sake.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{256} 2. Besides, his desire after that benefice makes him more
+studious, a more zealous preacher, &amp;c., and so makes him a better
+man; yea, makes him better improve his parts, which is according
+to the mind of God.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{257} 3. Now, as for his complying with the temper of his people,
+by dissenting, to serve them, some of his principles, this argueth,
+(1) That he is of a self-denying, temper; (2) Of a sweet and winning
+deportment; and so (3) more fit for the ministerial function.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{258} 4. I conclude, then, that a minister that changes a small
+for a great, should not, for so doing, be judged as covetous; but
+rather, since he has improved in his parts and industry thereby,
+be counted as one that pursues his call, and the opportunity put
+into his hands to do good.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{259} And now to the second part of the question, which concerns
+the tradesman you mentioned. Suppose such a one to have but a poor
+employ in the world, but by becoming religious, he may mend his
+market, perhaps get a rich wife, or more and far better customers
+to his shop; for my part, I see no reason but that this may be
+lawfully done. For why--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+1. To become religious is a virtue, by what means soever a man
+becomes so.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+2. Nor is it unlawful to get a rich wife, or more custom to my
+shop.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+3. Besides, the man that gets these by becoming religious, gets
+that which is good, of them that are good, by becoming good himself;
+so then here is a good wife, and good customers, and good gain,
+and all these by becoming religious, which is good; therefore, to
+become religious, to get all these, is a good and profitable design.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{260} This answer, thus made by this Mr. Money-love to Mr. By-ends's
+question, was highly applauded by them all; wherefore they concluded
+upon the whole, that it was most wholesome and advantageous. And
+because, as they thought, no man was able to contradict it, and
+because Christian and Hopeful were yet within call, they jointly
+agreed to assault them with the question as soon as they overtook
+them; and the rather because they had opposed Mr. By-ends before.
+So they called after them, and they stopped, and stood still till
+they came up to them; but they concluded, as they went, that not Mr.
+By-ends, but old Mr. Hold-the-world, should propound the question
+to them, because, as they supposed, their answer to him would be
+without the remainder of that heat that was kindled betwixt Mr.
+By-ends and them, at their parting a little before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{260} So they came up to each other, and after a short salutation,
+Mr. Hold-the-world propounded the question to Christian and his
+fellow, and bid them to answer it if they could.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then said Christian, Even a babe in religion may answer ten
+thousand such questions. For if it be unlawful to follow Christ for
+loaves, (as it is in the sixth of John), how much more abominable
+is it to make of him and religion a stalking-horse to get and enjoy
+the world! Nor do we find any other than heathens, hypocrites,
+devils, and witches, that are of this opinion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{261} 1. Heathens; for when Hamor and Shechem had a mind to the
+daughter and cattle of Jacob, and saw that there was no way for them
+to come at them, but by becoming circumcised, they say to their
+companions, If every male of us be circumcised, as they are circumcised,
+shall not their cattle, and their substance, and every beast of
+theirs, be ours? Their daughter and their cattle were that which
+they sought to obtain, and their religion the stalking-horse they
+made use of to come at them. Read the whole story. [Gen. 34:20-23]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{262} 2. The hypocritical Pharisees were also of this religion;
+long prayers were their pretence, but to get widows' houses was
+their intent; and greater damnation was from God their judgment.
+[Luke 20:46-47]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{263} 3. Judas the devil was also of this religion; he was religious
+for the bag, that he might be possessed of what was therein; but
+he was lost, cast away, and the very son of perdition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{264} 4. Simon the witch was of this religion too; for he would
+have had the Holy Ghost, that he might have got money therewith;
+and his sentence from Peter's mouth was according. [Acts 8:19-22]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{265} 5. Neither will it out of my mind, but that that man that
+takes up religion for the world, will throw away religion for
+the world; for so surely as Judas resigned the world in becoming
+religious, so surely did he also sell religion and his Master for
+the same. To answer the question, therefore, affirmatively, as I
+perceive you have done, and to accept of, as authentic, such answer,
+is both heathenish, hypocritical, and devilish; and your reward
+will be according to your works. Then they stood staring one upon
+another, but had not wherewith to answer Christian. Hopeful also
+approved of the soundness of Christian's answer; so there was a great
+silence among them. Mr. By-ends and his company also staggered
+and kept behind, that Christian and Hopeful might outgo them. Then
+said Christian to his fellow, If these men cannot stand before the
+sentence of men, what will they do with the sentence of God? And
+if they are mute when dealt with by vessels of clay, what will they
+do when they shall be rebuked by the flames of a devouring fire?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{266} Then Christian and Hopeful outwent them again, and went till
+they came to a delicate plain called Ease, where they went with
+much content; but that plain was but narrow, so they were quickly
+got over it. Now at the further side of that plain was a little
+hill called Lucre, and in that hill a silver mine, which some of
+them that had formerly gone that way, because of the rarity of it,
+had turned aside to see; but going too near the brink of the pit,
+the ground being deceitful under them, broke, and they were slain;
+some also had been maimed there, and could not, to their dying day,
+be their own men again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{267} Then I saw in my dream, that a little off the road, over
+against the silver mine, stood Demas (gentlemanlike) to call to
+passengers to come and see; who said to Christian and his fellow,
+Ho! turn aside hither, and I will show you a thing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. What thing so deserving as to turn us out of the way to see
+it?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DEMAS. Here is a silver mine, and some digging in it for treasure.
+If you will come, with a little pains you may richly provide for
+yourselves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{268} HOPE. Then said Hopeful, Let us go see.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Not I, said Christian, I have heard of this place before now;
+and how many have there been slain; and besides that, treasure
+is a snare to those that seek it; for it hindereth them in their
+pilgrimage. Then Christian called to Demas, saying, Is not the
+place dangerous? Hath it not hindered many in their pilgrimage?
+[Hos. 14:8]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DEMAS. Not very dangerous, except to those that are careless, (but
+withal, he blushed as he spake).
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then said Christian to Hopeful, Let us not stir a step, but
+still keep on our way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I will warrant you, when By-ends comes up, if he hath the
+same invitation as we, he will turn in thither to see.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. No doubt thereof, for his principles lead him that way, and
+a hundred to one but he dies there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DEMAS. Then Demas called again, saying, But will you not come over
+and see?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{269} CHR. Then Christian roundly answered, saying, Demas, thou
+art an enemy to the right ways of the Lord of this way, and hast
+been already condemned for thine own turning aside, by one of His
+Majesty's judges [2 Tim. 4:10]; and why seekest thou to bring us
+into the like condemnation? Besides, if we at all turn aside, our
+Lord and King will certainly hear thereof, and will there put us
+to shame, where we would stand with boldness before him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Demas cried again, that he also was one of their fraternity; and
+that if they would tarry a little, he also himself would walk with
+them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{270} CHR. Then said Christian, What is thy name? Is it not the
+same by the which I have called thee?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+DEMAS. Yes, my name is Demas; I am the son of Abraham.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I know you; Gehazi was your great-grandfather, and Judas your
+father; and you have trod in their steps. [2 Kings 5:20, Matt.
+26:14,15, 27:1-5] It is but a devilish prank that thou usest;
+thy father was hanged for a traitor, and thou deservest no better
+reward. Assure thyself, that when we come to the King, we will do
+him word of this thy behaviour. Thus they went their way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{271} By this time By-ends and his companions were come again
+within sight, and they, at the first beck, went over to Demas. Now,
+whether they fell into the pit by looking over the brink thereof,
+or whether they went down to dig, or whether they were smothered in
+the bottom by the damps that commonly arise, of these things I am
+not certain; but this I observed, that they never were seen again
+in the way. Then sang Christian--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ By-ends and silver Demas both agree;<br/>
+ One calls, the other runs, that he may be<br/>
+ A sharer in his lucre; so these do<br/>
+ Take up in this world, and no further go.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{272} Now I saw that, just on the other side of this plain,
+the pilgrims came to a place where stood an old monument, hard by
+the highway side, at the sight of which they were both concerned,
+because of the strangeness of the form thereof; for it seemed
+to them as if it had been a woman transformed into the shape of a
+pillar; here, therefore they stood looking, and looking upon it,
+but could not for a time tell what they should make thereof. At
+last Hopeful espied written above the head thereof, a writing in
+an unusual hand; but he being no scholar, called to Christian (for
+he was learned) to see if he could pick out the meaning; so he came,
+and after a little laying of letters together, he found the same
+to be this, "Remember Lot's Wife". So he read it to his fellow;
+after which they both concluded that that was the pillar of salt into
+which Lot's wife was turned, for her looking back with a covetous
+heart, when she was going from Sodom for safety. [Gen. 19:26]
+Which sudden and amazing sight gave them occasion of this discourse.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{273} CHR. Ah, my brother! this is a seasonable sight; it came
+opportunely to us after the invitation which Demas gave us to come
+over to view the Hill Lucre; and had we gone over, as he desired
+us, and as thou wast inclining to do, my brother, we had, for aught
+I know, been made ourselves like this woman, a spectacle for those
+that shall come after to behold.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I am sorry that I was so foolish, and am made to wonder that
+I am not now as Lot's wife; for wherein was the difference betwixt
+her sin and mine? She only looked back; and I had a desire to go
+see. Let grace be adored, and let me be ashamed that ever such a
+thing should be in mine heart.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{274} CHR. Let us take notice of what we see here, for our help
+for time to come. This woman escaped one judgment, for she fell
+not by the destruction of Sodom; yet she was destroyed by another,
+as we see she is turned into a pillar of salt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. True; and she may be to us both caution and example; caution,
+that we should shun her sin; or a sign of what judgment will overtake
+such as shall not be prevented by this caution; so Korah, Dathan,
+and Abiram, with the two hundred and fifty men that perished in
+their sin, did also become a sign or example to others to beware.
+[Num. 26:9,10] But above all, I muse at one thing, to wit, how
+Demas and his fellows can stand so confidently yonder to look for
+that treasure, which this woman, but for looking behind her after,
+(for we read not that she stepped one foot out of the way) was
+turned into a pillar of salt; especially since the judgment which
+overtook her did make her an example, within sight of where they
+are; for they cannot choose but see her, did they but lift up their
+eyes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{275} CHR. It is a thing to be wondered at, and it argueth that
+their hearts are grown desperate in the case; and I cannot tell who
+to compare them to so fitly, as to them that pick pockets in the
+presence of the judge, or that will cut purses under the gallows.
+It is said of the men of Sodom, that they were sinners exceedingly,
+because they were sinners before the Lord, that is, in his eyesight,
+and notwithstanding the kindnesses that he had showed them [Gen.
+13:13]; for the land of Sodom was now like the garden of Eden
+heretofore. [Gen. 13:10] This, therefore, provoked him the more
+to jealousy, and made their plague as hot as the fire of the Lord
+out of heaven could make it. And it is most rationally to be
+concluded, that such, even such as these are, that shall sin in
+the sight, yea, and that too in despite of such examples that are
+set continually before them, to caution them to the contrary, must
+be partakers of severest judgments.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Doubtless thou hast said the truth; but what a mercy is it,
+that neither thou, but especially I, am not made myself this example!
+This ministereth occasion to us to thank God, to fear before him,
+and always to remember Lot's wife.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{276} I saw, then, that they went on their way to a pleasant river;
+which David the king called "the river of God", but John, "the
+river of the water of life". [Ps. 65:9, Rev. 22, Ezek. 47] Now
+their way lay just upon the bank of the river; here, therefore,
+Christian and his companion walked with great delight; they drank
+also of the water of the river, which was pleasant, and enlivening
+to their weary spirits: besides, on the banks of this river, on
+either side, were green trees, that bore all manner of fruit; and
+the leaves of the trees were good for medicine; with the fruit of
+these trees they were also much delighted; and the leaves they eat
+to prevent surfeits, and other diseases that are incident to those
+that heat their blood by travels. On either side of the river was
+also a meadow, curiously beautified with lilies, and it was green
+all the year long. In this meadow they lay down, and slept; for
+here they might lie down safely. When they awoke, they gathered
+again of the fruit of the trees, and drank again of the water
+of the river, and then lay down again to sleep. [Ps. 23:2, Isa.
+14:30] Thus they did several days and nights. Then they sang--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Behold ye how these crystal streams do glide,<br/>
+ To comfort pilgrims by the highway side;<br/>
+ The meadows green, beside their fragrant smell,<br/>
+ Yield dainties for them; and he that can tell<br/>
+ What pleasant fruit, yea, leaves, these trees do yield,<br/>
+ Will soon sell all, that he may buy this field.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So when they were disposed to go on, (for they were not, as yet,
+at their journey's end,) they ate and drank, and departed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{277} Now, I beheld in my dream, that they had not journeyed far,
+but the river and the way for a time parted; at which they were
+not a little sorry; yet they durst not go out of the way. Now the
+way from the river was rough, and their feet tender, by reason of
+their travels; so the souls of the pilgrims were much discouraged
+because of the way. [Num. 21:4] Wherefore, still as they went
+on, they wished for better way. Now, a little before them, there
+was on the left hand of the road a meadow, and a stile to go over
+into it; and that meadow is called By-path Meadow. Then said
+Christian to his fellow, If this meadow lieth along by our wayside,
+let us go over into it. Then he went to the stile to see, and
+behold, a path lay along by the way, on the other side of the fence.
+It is according to my wish, said Christian. Here is the easiest
+going; come, good Hopeful, and let us go over.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{278} HOPE. But how if this path should lead us out of the way?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. That is not like, said the other. Look, doth it not go along
+by the wayside? So Hopeful, being persuaded by his fellow, went
+after him over the stile. When they were gone over, and were got
+into the path, they found it very easy for their feet; and withal,
+they, looking before them, espied a man walking as they did, (and
+his name was Vain-confidence); so they called after him, and asked
+him whither that way led. He said, To the Celestial Gate. Look,
+said Christian, did not I tell you so? By this you may see we are
+right. So they followed, and he went before them. But, behold,
+the night came on, and it grew very dark; so that they that were
+behind lost the sight of him that went before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{279} He, therefore, that went before, (Vain-confidence by name),
+not seeing the way before him, fell into a deep pit [Isa. 9:16],
+which was on purpose there made, by the Prince of those grounds,
+to catch vain-glorious fools withal, and was dashed in pieces with
+his fall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{280} Now Christian and his fellow heard him fall. So they called
+to know the matter, but there was none to answer, only they heard
+a groaning. Then said Hopeful, Where are we now? Then was his
+fellow silent, as mistrusting that he had led him out of the way;
+and now it began to rain, and thunder, and lighten in a very dreadful
+manner; and the water rose amain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Hopeful groaned in himself, saying, Oh, that I had kept on my
+way!
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{281} CHR. Who could have thought that this path should have led
+us out of the way?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I was afraid on it at the very first, and therefore gave you
+that gentle caution. I would have spoken plainer, but that you
+are older than I.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Christian's repentance for leading of his brother out of the way
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Good brother, be not offended; I am sorry I have brought thee
+out of the way, and that I have put thee into such imminent danger;
+pray, my brother, forgive me; I did not do it of an evil intent.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Be comforted, my brother, for I forgive thee; and believe,
+too, that this shall be for our good.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I am glad I have with me a merciful brother; but we must not
+stand thus: let us try to go back again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. But, good brother, let me go before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. No, if you please, let me go first, that if there be any danger,
+I may be first therein, because by my means we are both gone out
+of the way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{282} HOPE. No, said Hopeful, you shall not go first; for your
+mind being troubled may lead you out of the way again. Then, for
+their encouragement, they heard the voice of one saying, "Set thine
+heart toward the highway, even the way which thou wentest; turn
+again." [Jer. 31:21] But by this time the waters were greatly
+risen, by reason of which the way of going back was very dangerous.
+(Then I thought that it is easier going out of the way, when we
+are in, than going in when we are out.) Yet they adventured to go
+back, but it was so dark, and the flood was so high, that in their
+going back they had like to have been drowned nine or ten times.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{283} Neither could they, with all the skill they had, get again to
+the stile that night. Wherefore, at last, lighting under a little
+shelter, they sat down there until the daybreak; but, being weary,
+they fell asleep. Now there was, not far from the place where they
+lay, a castle called Doubting Castle, the owner whereof was Giant
+Despair; and it was in his grounds they now were sleeping: wherefore
+he, getting up in the morning early, and walking up and down in his
+fields, caught Christian and Hopeful asleep in his grounds. Then,
+with a grim and surly voice, he bid them awake; and asked them
+whence they were, and what they did in his grounds. They told him
+they were pilgrims, and that they had lost their way. Then said
+the Giant, You have this night trespassed on me, by trampling in
+and lying on my grounds, and therefore you must go along with me.
+So they were forced to go, because he was stronger than they. They
+also had but little to say, for they knew themselves in a fault.
+The Giant, therefore, drove them before him, and put them into his
+castle, into a very dark dungeon, nasty and stinking to the spirits
+of these two men. [Ps. 88:18] Here, then, they lay from Wednesday
+morning till Saturday night, without one bit of bread, or drop of
+drink, or light, or any to ask how they did; they were, therefore,
+here in evil case, and were far from friends and acquaintance. Now
+in this place Christian had double sorrow, because it was through
+his unadvised counsel that they were brought into this distress.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ The pilgrims now, to gratify the flesh,<br/>
+ Will seek its ease; but oh! how they afresh<br/>
+ Do thereby plunge themselves new griefs into!<br/>
+ Who seek to please the flesh, themselves undo.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{284} Now, Giant Despair had a wife, and her name was Diffidence.
+So when he was gone to bed, he told his wife what he had done; to
+wit, that he had taken a couple of prisoners and cast them into his
+dungeon, for trespassing on his grounds. Then he asked her also
+what he had best to do further to them. So she asked him what they
+were, whence they came, and whither they were bound; and he told
+her. Then she counselled him that when he arose in the morning he
+should beat them without any mercy. So, when he arose, he getteth
+him a grievous crab-tree cudgel, and goes down into the dungeon
+to them, and there first falls to rating of them as if they were
+dogs, although they never gave him a word of distaste. Then he
+falls upon them, and beats them fearfully, in such sort that they
+were not able to help themselves, or to turn them upon the floor.
+This done, he withdraws and leaves them there to condole their
+misery and to mourn under their distress. So all that day they
+spent the time in nothing but sighs and bitter lamentations. The
+next night, she, talking with her husband about them further, and
+understanding they were yet alive, did advise him to counsel them
+to make away themselves. So when morning was come, he goes to them
+in a surly manner as before, and perceiving them to be very sore
+with the stripes that he had given them the day before, he told
+them, that since they were never like to come out of that place,
+their only way would be forthwith to make an end of themselves,
+either with knife, halter, or poison, for why, said he, should you
+choose life, seeing it is attended with so much bitterness? But
+they desired him to let them go. With that he looked ugly upon
+them, and, rushing to them, had doubtless made an end of them
+himself, but that he fell into one of his fits, (for he sometimes, in
+sunshiny weather, fell into fits), and lost for a time the use of
+his hand; wherefore he withdrew, and left them as before, to consider
+what to do. Then did the prisoners consult between themselves
+whether it was best to take his counsel or no; and thus they began
+to discourse:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{285} CHR. Brother, said Christian, what shall we do? The life that
+we now live is miserable. For my part I know not whether is best,
+to live thus, or to die out of hand. "My soul chooseth strangling
+rather than life", and the grave is more easy for me than this
+dungeon. [Job 7:15] Shall we be ruled by the Giant?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{286} HOPE. Indeed, our present condition is dreadful, and death
+would be far more welcome to me than thus for ever to abide;
+but yet, let us consider, the Lord of the country to which we are
+going hath said, Thou shalt do no murder: no, not to another man's
+person; much more, then, are we forbidden to take his counsel to
+kill ourselves. Besides, he that kills another, can but commit
+murder upon his body; but for one to kill himself is to kill body
+and soul at once. And, moreover, my brother, thou talkest of ease
+in the grave; but hast thou forgotten the hell, for certain the
+murderers go? "For no murderer hath eternal life," &amp;c. And let
+us consider, again, that all the law is not in the hand of Giant
+Despair. Others, so far as I can understand, have been taken
+by him, as well as we; and yet have escaped out of his hand. Who
+knows, but the God that made the world may cause that Giant Despair
+may die? or that, at some time or other, he may forget to lock
+us in? or that he may, in a short time, have another of his fits
+before us, and may lose the use of his limbs? and if ever that
+should come to pass again, for my part, I am resolved to pluck
+up the heart of a man, and to try my utmost to get from under his
+hand. I was a fool that I did not try to do it before; but, however,
+my brother, let us be patient, and endure a while. The time may
+come that may give us a happy release; but let us not be our own
+murderers. With these words Hopeful at present did moderate the
+mind of his brother; so they continued together (in the dark) that
+day, in their sad and doleful condition.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{287} Well, towards evening, the Giant goes down into the dungeon
+again, to see if his prisoners had taken his counsel; but when he
+came there he found them alive; and truly, alive was all; for now,
+what for want of bread and water, and by reason of the wounds they
+received when he beat them, they could do little but breathe. But,
+I say, he found them alive; at which he fell into a grievous rage,
+and told them that, seeing they had disobeyed his counsel, it should
+be worse with them than if they had never been born.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{288} At this they trembled greatly, and I think that Christian fell
+into a swoon; but, coming a little to himself again, they renewed
+their discourse about the Giant's counsel; and whether yet they
+had best to take it or no. Now Christian again seemed to be for
+doing it, but Hopeful made his second reply as followeth:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{289} HOPE. My brother, said he, rememberest thou not how valiant
+thou hast been heretofore? Apollyon could not crush thee, nor
+could all that thou didst hear, or see, or feel, in the Valley of
+the Shadow of Death. What hardship, terror, and amazement hast
+thou already gone through! And art thou now nothing but fear!
+Thou seest that I am in the dungeon with thee, a far weaker man by
+nature than thou art; also, this Giant has wounded me as well as
+thee, and hath also cut off the bread and water from my mouth; and
+with thee I mourn without the light. But let us exercise a little
+more patience; remember how thou playedst the man at Vanity Fair,
+and wast neither afraid of the chain, nor cage, nor yet of bloody
+death. Wherefore let us (at least to avoid the shame, that becomes
+not a Christian to be found in) bear up with patience as well as
+we can.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{290} Now, night being come again, and the Giant and his wife being
+in bed, she asked him concerning the prisoners, and if they had
+taken his counsel. To which he replied, They are sturdy rogues, they
+choose rather to bear all hardship, than to make away themselves.
+Then said she, Take them into the castle-yard to-morrow, and show
+them the bones and skulls of those that thou hast already despatched,
+and make them believe, ere a week comes to an end, thou also wilt
+tear them in pieces, as thou hast done their fellows before them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{291} So when the morning was come, the Giant goes to them again,
+and takes them into the castle-yard, and shows them, as his wife
+had bidden him. These, said he, were pilgrims as you are, once,
+and they trespassed in my grounds, as you have done; and when I
+thought fit, I tore them in pieces, and so, within ten days, I will
+do you. Go, get you down to your den again; and with that he beat
+them all the way thither. They lay, therefore, all day on Saturday
+in a lamentable case, as before. Now, when night was come, and
+when Mrs. Diffidence and her husband, the Giant, were got to bed,
+they began to renew their discourse of their prisoners; and withal
+the old Giant wondered, that he could neither by his blows nor
+his counsel bring them to an end. And with that his wife replied,
+I fear, said she, that they live in hope that some will come to
+relieve them, or that they have picklocks about them, by the means
+of which they hope to escape. And sayest thou so, my dear? said
+the Giant; I will, therefore, search them in the morning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{292} Well, on Saturday, about midnight, they began to pray, and
+continued in prayer till almost break of day.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now a little before it was day, good Christian, as one half amazed,
+brake out in passionate speech: What a fool, quoth he, am I, thus
+to lie in a stinking Dungeon, when I may as well walk at liberty.
+I have a Key in my bosom called Promise, that will, I am persuaded,
+open any Lock in Doubting Castle. Then said Hopeful, That's good
+news; good Brother pluck it out of thy bosom and try.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A key in Christian's bosom, called Promise, opens any lock in
+Doubting Castle
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Christian pulled it out of his bosom, and began to try at the
+Dungeon door, whose bolt (as he turned the Key) gave back, and the
+door flew open with ease, and Christian and Hopeful both came out.
+Then he went to the outward door that leads into the Castle-yard,
+and with his Key opened that door also. After he went to the iron
+Gate, for that must be opened too, but that Lock went damnable
+hard, yet the Key did open it. Then they thrust open the Gate to
+make their escape with speed; but that Gate as it opened made such
+a creaking, that it waked Giant Despair, who hastily rising to
+pursue his Prisoners, felt his limbs to fail, for his Fits took
+him again, so that he could by no means go after them. Then they
+went on, and came to the King's High-way again, and so were safe,
+because they were out of his jurisdiction
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{294} Now, when they were over the stile, they began to contrive
+with themselves what they should do at that stile to prevent those
+that should come after from falling into the hands of Giant Despair.
+So they consented to erect there a pillar, and to engrave upon the
+side thereof this sentence--"Over this stile is the way to Doubting
+Castle, which is kept by Giant Despair, who despiseth the King of
+the Celestial Country, and seeks to destroy his holy pilgrims."
+Many, therefore, that followed after read what was written, and
+escaped the danger. This done, they sang as follows:--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Out of the way we went, and then we found<br/>
+ What 'twas to tread upon forbidden ground;<br/>
+ And let them that come after have a care,<br/>
+ Lest heedlessness makes them, as we, to fare.<br/>
+ Lest they for trespassing his prisoners are,<br/>
+ Whose castle's Doubting, and whose name's Despair.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{295} They went then till they came to the Delectable Mountains,
+which mountains belong to the Lord of that hill of which we have
+spoken before; so they went up to the mountains, to behold the
+gardens and orchards, the vineyards and fountains of water; where
+also they drank and washed themselves, and did freely eat of the
+vineyards. Now there were on the tops of these mountains Shepherds
+feeding their flocks, and they stood by the highway side. The
+Pilgrims therefore went to them, and leaning upon their staves, (as
+is common with weary pilgrims when they stand to talk with any by
+the way), they asked, Whose Delectable Mountains are these? And
+whose be the sheep that feed upon them?
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Mountains delectable they now ascend,<br/>
+ Where Shepherds be, which to them do commend<br/>
+ Alluring things, and things that cautious are,<br/>
+ Pilgrims are steady kept by faith and fear.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{296} SHEP. These mountains are Immanuel's Land, and they are
+within sight of his city; and the sheep also are his, and he laid
+down his life for them. [John 10:11]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Is this the way to the Celestial City?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SHEP. You are just in your way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. How far is it thither?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SHEP. Too far for any but those that shall get thither indeed.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Is the way safe or dangerous?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SHEP. Safe for those for whom it is to be safe; but the transgressors
+shall fall therein. [Hos. 14:9]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Is there, in this place, any relief for pilgrims that are
+weary and faint in the way?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SHEP. The Lord of these mountains hath given us a charge not to be
+forgetful to entertain strangers, therefore the good of the place
+is before you. [Heb. 13:1-2]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{297} I saw also in my dream, that when the Shepherds perceived
+that they were wayfaring men, they also put questions to them, to
+which they made answer as in other places; as, Whence came you?
+and, How got you into the way? and, By what means have you so
+persevered therein? For but few of them that begin to come hither
+do show their face on these mountains. But when the Shepherds heard
+their answers, being pleased therewith, they looked very lovingly
+upon them, and said, Welcome to the Delectable Mountains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{298} The Shepherds, I say, whose names were Knowledge, Experience,
+Watchful, and Sincere, took them by the hand, and had them to their
+tents, and made them partake of that which was ready at present.
+They said, moreover, We would that ye should stay here awhile, to
+be acquainted with us; and yet more to solace yourselves with the
+good of these Delectable Mountains. They then told them, that
+they were content to stay; so they went to their rest that night,
+because it was very late.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{299} Then I saw in my dream, that in the morning the Shepherds called
+up to Christian and Hopeful to walk with them upon the mountains;
+so they went forth with them, and walked a while, having a pleasant
+prospect on every side. Then said the Shepherds one to another,
+Shall we show these pilgrims some wonders? So when they had concluded
+to do it, they had them first to the top of a hill called Error,
+which was very steep on the furthest side, and bid them look down
+to the bottom. So Christian and Hopeful looked down, and saw at
+the bottom several men dashed all to pieces by a fall that they
+had from the top. Then said Christian, What meaneth this? The
+Shepherds answered, Have you not heard of them that were made to
+err by hearkening to Hymeneus and Philetus as concerning the faith
+of the resurrection of the body? [2 Tim. 2:17,18] They answered,
+Yes. Then said the Shepherds, Those that you see lie dashed
+in pieces at the bottom of this mountain are they; and they have
+continued to this day unburied, as you see, for an example to others
+to take heed how they clamber too high, or how they come too near
+the brink of this mountain.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{300} Then I saw that they had them to the top of another mountain,
+and the name of that is Caution, and bid them look afar off; which,
+when they did, they perceived, as they thought, several men walking
+up and down among the tombs that were there; and they perceived
+that the men were blind, because they stumbled sometimes upon the
+tombs, and because they could not get out from among them. Then
+said Christian, What means this?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{301} The Shepherds then answered, Did you not see a little below
+these mountains a stile, that led into a meadow, on the left hand
+of this way? They answered, Yes. Then said the Shepherds, From
+that stile there goes a path that leads directly to Doubting Castle,
+which is kept by Giant Despair, and these, pointing to them among
+the tombs, came once on pilgrimage, as you do now, even till they
+came to that same stile; and because the right way was rough in
+that place, they chose to go out of it into that meadow, and there
+were taken by Giant Despair, and cast into Doubting Castle; where,
+after they had been a while kept in the dungeon, he at last did put
+out their eyes, and led them among those tombs, where he has left
+them to wander to this very day, that the saying of the wise man might
+be fulfilled, "He that wandereth out of the way of understanding,
+shall remain in the congregation of the dead." [Pro. 21:16] Then
+Christian and Hopeful looked upon one another, with tears gushing
+out, but yet said nothing to the Shepherds.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{302} Then I saw in my dream, that the Shepherds had them to another
+place, in a bottom, where was a door in the side of a hill, and they
+opened the door, and bid them look in. They looked in, therefore,
+and saw that within it was very dark and smoky; they also thought
+that they heard there a rumbling noise as of fire, and a cry of
+some tormented, and that they smelt the scent of brimstone. Then
+said Christian, What means this? The Shepherds told them, This is
+a by-way to hell, a way that hypocrites go in at; namely, such as
+sell their birthright, with Esau; such as sell their master, with
+Judas; such as blaspheme the gospel, with Alexander; and that
+lie and dissemble, with Ananias and Sapphira his wife. Then said
+Hopeful to the Shepherds, I perceive that these had on them, even
+every one, a show of pilgrimage, as we have now; had they not?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{303} SHEP. Yes, and held it a long time too.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. How far might they go on in pilgrimage in their day, since
+they notwithstanding were thus miserably cast away?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SHEP. Some further, and some not so far, as these mountains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said the Pilgrims one to another, We have need to cry to the
+Strong for strength.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+SHEP. Ay, and you will have need to use it, when you have it, too.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{304} By this time the Pilgrims had a desire to go forward, and
+the Shepherds a desire they should; so they walked together towards
+the end of the mountains. Then said the Shepherds one to another,
+Let us here show to the Pilgrims the gates of the Celestial City,
+if they have skill to look through our perspective glass. The
+Pilgrims then lovingly accepted the motion; so they had them to
+the top of a high hill, called Clear, and gave them their glass to
+look.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{305} Then they essayed to look, but the remembrance of that last
+thing that the Shepherds had shown them, made their hands shake;
+by means of which impediment, they could not look steadily through
+the glass; yet they thought they saw something like the gate, and
+also some of the glory of the place. Then they went away, and sang
+this song--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Thus, by the Shepherds, secrets are reveal'd,<br/>
+ Which from all other men are kept conceal'd.<br/>
+ Come to the Shepherds, then, if you would see<br/>
+ Things deep, things hid, and that mysterious be.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{306} When they were about to depart, one of the Shepherds gave
+them a note of the way. Another of them bid them beware of the
+Flatterer. The third bid them take heed that they sleep not upon
+the Enchanted Ground. And the fourth bid them God-speed. So I
+awoke from my dream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{307} And I slept, and dreamed again, and saw the same two Pilgrims
+going down the mountains along the highway towards the city. Now,
+a little below these mountains, on the left hand, lieth the country
+of Conceit; from which country there comes into the way in which
+the Pilgrims walked, a little crooked lane. Here, therefore, they
+met with a very brisk lad, that came out of that country; and his
+name was Ignorance. So Christian asked him from what parts he
+came, and whither he was going.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{308} IGNOR. Sir, I was born in the country that lieth off there
+a little on the left hand, and I am going to the Celestial City.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But how do you think to get in at the gate? for you may find
+some difficulty there.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. As other people do, said he.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But what have you to show at that gate, that may cause that
+the gate should be opened to you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. I know my Lord's will, and I have been a good liver; I pay
+every man his own; I pray, fast, pay tithes, and give alms, and
+have left my country for whither I am going.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{309} CHR. But thou camest not in at the wicket-gate that is at the
+head of this way; thou camest in hither through that same crooked
+lane, and therefore, I fear, however thou mayest think of thyself,
+when the reckoning day shall come, thou wilt have laid to thy charge
+that thou art a thief and a robber, instead of getting admittance
+into the city.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. Gentlemen, ye be utter strangers to me, I know you not; be
+content and follow the religion of your country, and I will follow
+the religion of mine. I hope all will be well. And as for the
+gate that you talk of, all the world knows that that is a great way
+off of our country. I cannot think that any man in all our parts
+doth so much as know the way to it, nor need they matter whether
+they do or no, since we have, as you see, a fine, pleasant green
+lane, that comes down from our country, the next way into the way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{310} When Christian saw that the man was "wise in his own conceit",
+he said to Hopeful, whisperingly, "There is more hope of a fool
+than of him." [Prov. 26:12] And said, moreover, "When he that is
+a fool walketh by the way, his wisdom faileth him, and he saith to
+every one that he is a fool." [Eccl. 10:3] What, shall we talk
+further with him, or out-go him at present, and so leave him to
+think of what he hath heard already, and then stop again for him
+afterwards, and see if by degrees we can do any good to him? Then
+said Hopeful--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Let Ignorance a little while now muse<br/>
+ On what is said, and let him not refuse<br/>
+ Good counsel to embrace, lest he remain<br/>
+ Still ignorant of what's the chiefest gain.<br/>
+ God saith, those that no understanding have,<br/>
+ Although he made them, them he will not save.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. He further added, It is not good, I think, to say all to him
+at once; let us pass him by, if you will, and talk to him anon,
+even as he is able to bear it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{311} So they both went on, and Ignorance he came after. Now when
+they had passed him a little way, they entered into a very dark
+lane, where they met a man whom seven devils had bound with seven
+strong cords, and were carrying of him back to the door that they
+saw on the side of the hill. [Matt. 12:45, Prov. 5:22] Now good
+Christian began to tremble, and so did Hopeful his companion; yet
+as the devils led away the man, Christian looked to see if he knew
+him; and he thought it might be one Turn-away, that dwelt in the
+town of Apostasy. But he did not perfectly see his face, for he
+did hang his head like a thief that is found. But being once past,
+Hopeful looked after him, and espied on his back a paper with this
+inscription, "Wanton professor and damnable apostate".
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said Christian to his fellow, Now I call to remembrance, that
+which was told me of a thing that happened to a good man hereabout.
+The name of the man was Little-faith, but a good man, and he dwelt
+in the town of Sincere. The thing was this:--At the entering
+in at this passage, there comes down from Broad-way Gate, a lane
+called Dead Man's Lane; so called because of the murders that are
+commonly done there; and this Little-faith going on pilgrimage,
+as we do now, chanced to sit down there, and slept. Now there
+happened, at that time, to come down the lane, from Broad-way Gate,
+three sturdy rogues, and their names were Faint-heart, Mistrust,
+and Guilt, (three brothers), and they espying Little-faith, where
+he was, came galloping up with speed. Now the good man was just
+awake from his sleep, and was getting up to go on his journey.
+So they came up all to him, and with threatening language bid him
+stand. At this Little-faith looked as white as a clout, and had
+neither power to fight nor fly. Then said Faint-heart, Deliver thy
+purse. But he making no haste to do it (for he was loath to lose
+his money), Mistrust ran up to him, and thrusting his hand into
+his pocket, pulled out thence a bag of silver. Then he cried out,
+Thieves! Thieves! With that Guilt, with a great club that was
+in his hand, struck Little-faith on the head, and with that blow
+felled him flat to the ground, where he lay bleeding as one that
+would bleed to death. All this while the thieves stood by. But,
+at last, they hearing that some were upon the road, and fearing
+lest it should be one Great-grace, that dwells in the city of
+Good-confidence, they betook themselves to their heels, and left
+this good man to shift for himself. Now, after a while, Little-faith
+came to himself, and getting up, made shift to scrabble on his way.
+This was the story.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{312} HOPE. But did they take from him all that ever he had?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Chr. No; the place where his jewels were they never ransacked, so
+those he kept still. But, as I was told, the good man was much afflicted
+for his loss, for the thieves got most of his spending-money. That
+which they got not (as I said) were jewels, also he had a little
+odd money left, but scarce enough to bring him to his journey's
+end [1 Peter 4:18]; nay, if I was not misinformed, he was forced
+to beg as he went, to keep himself alive; for his jewels he might
+not sell. But beg, and do what he could, he went (as we say) with
+many a hungry belly the most part of the rest of the way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{313} HOPE. But is it not a wonder they got not from him his certificate,
+by which he was to receive his admittance at the Celestial Gate?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. It is a wonder; but they got not that, though they missed it
+not through any good cunning of his; for he, being dismayed with
+their coming upon him, had neither power nor skill to hide anything;
+so it was more by good Providence than by his endeavour, that they
+missed of that good thing.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{314} HOPE. But it must needs be a comfort to him, that they got
+not his jewels from him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. It might have been great comfort to him, had he used it as
+he should; but they that told me the story said, that he made but
+little use of it all the rest of the way, and that because of the
+dismay that he had in the taking away his money; indeed, he forgot
+it a great part of the rest of his journey; and besides, when at any
+time it came into his mind, and he began to be comforted therewith,
+then would fresh thoughts of his loss come again upon him, and
+those thoughts would swallow up all. [1 Peter 1:9]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{315} HOPE. Alas! poor man! This could not but be a great grief
+to him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Grief! ay, a grief indeed. Would it not have been so to any
+of us, had we been used as he, to be robbed, and wounded too, and
+that in a strange place, as he was? It is a wonder he did not die
+with grief, poor heart! I was told that he scattered almost all
+the rest of the way with nothing but doleful and bitter complaints;
+telling also to all that overtook him, or that he overtook in the
+way as he went, where he was robbed, and how; who they were that
+did it, and what he lost; how he was wounded, and that he hardly
+escaped with his life.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{316} HOPE. But it is a wonder that his necessity did not put him
+upon selling or pawning some of his jewels, that he might have
+wherewith to relieve himself in his journey.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Thou talkest like one upon whose head is the shell to this
+very day; for what should he pawn them, or to whom should he sell
+them? In all that country where he was robbed, his jewels were not
+accounted of; nor did he want that relief which could from thence
+be administered to him. Besides, had his jewels been missing at the
+gate of the Celestial City, he had (and that he knew well enough)
+been excluded from an inheritance there; and that would have been
+worse to him than the appearance and villainy of ten thousand
+thieves.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{317} HOPE. Why art thou so tart, my brother? Esau sold his
+birthright, and that for a mess of pottage, and that birthright
+was his greatest jewel; and if he, why might not Little-faith do
+so too? [Heb. 12:16]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Esau did sell his birthright indeed, and so do many besides,
+and by so doing exclude themselves from the chief blessing, as
+also that caitiff did; but you must put a difference betwixt Esau
+and Little-faith, and also betwixt their estates. Esau's birthright
+was typical, but Little-faith's jewels were not so; Esau's belly
+was his god, but Little-faith's belly was not so; Esau's want lay
+in his fleshly appetite, Little-faith's did not so. Besides, Esau
+could see no further than to the fulfilling of his lusts; "Behold,
+I am at the point to die, (said he), and what profit shall this
+birthright do me?" [Gen. 25:32] But Little-faith, though it was
+his lot to have but a little faith, was by his little faith kept
+from such extravagances, and made to see and prize his jewels
+more than to sell them, as Esau did his birthright. You read not
+anywhere that Esau had faith, no, not so much as a little; therefore,
+no marvel if, where the flesh only bears sway, (as it will in that
+man where no faith is to resist), if he sells his birthright, and
+his soul and all, and that to the devil of hell; for it is with
+such, as it is with the ass, who in her occasions cannot be turned
+away. [Jer. 2:24] When their minds are set upon their lusts,
+they will have them whatever they cost. But Little-faith was of
+another temper, his mind was on things divine; his livelihood was
+upon things that were spiritual, and from above; therefore, to what
+end should he that is of such a temper sell his jewels (had there
+been any that would have bought them) to fill his mind with empty
+things? Will a man give a penny to fill his belly with hay; or can
+you persuade the turtle-dove to live upon carrion like the crow?
+Though faithless ones can, for carnal lusts, pawn, or mortgage,
+or sell what they have, and themselves outright to boot; yet they
+that have faith, saving faith, though but a little of it, cannot
+do so. Here, therefore, my brother, is thy mistake.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{318} HOPE. I acknowledge it; but yet your severe reflection had
+almost made me angry.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, I did but compare thee to some of the birds that are of
+the brisker sort, who will run to and fro in untrodden paths, with
+the shell upon their heads; but pass by that, and consider the
+matter under debate, and all shall be well betwixt thee and me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. But, Christian, these three fellows, I am persuaded in
+my heart, are but a company of cowards; would they have run else,
+think you, as they did, at the noise of one that was coming on
+the road? Why did not Little-faith pluck up a greater heart? He
+might, methinks, have stood one brush with them, and have yielded
+when there had been no remedy.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. That they are cowards, many have said, but few have found it
+so in the time of trial. As for a great heart, Little-faith had
+none; and I perceive by thee, my brother, hadst thou been the man
+concerned, thou art but for a brush, and then to yield.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And, verily, since this is the height of thy stomach, now they are
+at a distance from us, should they appear to thee as they did to
+him they might put thee to second thoughts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{319} But, consider again, they are but journeymen thieves, they
+serve under the king of the bottomless pit, who, if need be, will
+come into their aid himself, and his voice is as the roaring of a
+lion. [1 Pet. 5:8] I myself have been engaged as this Little-faith
+was, and I found it a terrible thing. These three villains set
+upon me, and I beginning, like a Christian, to resist, they gave
+but a call, and in came their master. I would, as the saying is,
+have given my life for a penny, but that, as God would have it,
+I was clothed with armour of proof. Ay, and yet, though I was so
+harnessed, I found it hard work to quit myself like a man. No man
+can tell what in that combat attends us, but he that hath been in
+the battle himself.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{320} HOPE. Well, but they ran, you see, when they did but suppose
+that one Great-grace was in the way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. True, they have often fled, both they and their master, when
+Great-grace hath but appeared; and no marvel; for he is the King's
+champion. But, I trow, you will put some difference betwixt
+Little-faith and the King's champion. All the King's subjects
+are not his champions, nor can they, when tried, do such feats of
+war as he. Is it meet to think that a little child should handle
+Goliath as David did? Or that there should be the strength of
+an ox in a wren? Some are strong, some are weak; some have great
+faith, some have little. This man was one of the weak, and therefore
+he went to the wall.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{321} HOPE. I would it had been Great-grace for their sakes.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. If it had been, he might have had his hands full; for I must
+tell you, that though Great-grace is excellent good at his weapons,
+and has, and can, so long as he keeps them at sword's point, do well
+enough with them; yet, if they get within him, even Faint-heart,
+Mistrust, or the other, it shall go hard but they will throw up
+his heels. And when a man is down, you know, what can he do?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{322} Whoso looks well upon Great-grace's face, shall see those
+scars and cuts there, that shall easily give demonstration of what
+I say. Yea, once I heard that he should say, (and that when he was
+in the combat), "We despaired even of life." How did these sturdy
+rogues and their fellows make David groan, mourn, and roar? Yea,
+Heman, and Hezekiah, too, though champions in their day, were forced
+to bestir them, when by these assaulted; and yet, notwithstanding,
+they had their coats soundly brushed by them. Peter, upon a time,
+would go try what he could do; but though some do say of him that
+he is the prince of the apostles, they handled him so, that they
+made him at last afraid of a sorry girl.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{323} Leviathan's sturdiness
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Besides, their king is at their whistle. He is never out of hearing;
+and if at any time they be put to the worst, he, if possible, comes in
+to help them; and of him it is said, The sword of him that layeth
+at him cannot hold the spear, the dart, nor the habergeon; he
+esteemeth iron as straw, and brass as rotten wood. The arrow cannot
+make him flee; sling stones are turned with him into stubble. Darts
+are counted as stubble: he laugheth at the shaking of a spear.
+[Job 41:26-29] What can a man do in this case? It is true, if a man
+could, at every turn, have Job's horse, and had skill and courage
+to ride him, he might do notable things; for his neck is clothed
+with thunder, he will not be afraid of the grasshopper; the glory
+of his nostrils is terrible: he paweth in the valley, and rejoiceth
+in his strength, he goeth on to meet the armed men. He mocketh
+at fear, and is not affrighted, neither turneth he back from the
+sword. The quiver rattleth against him, the glittering spear, and
+the shield. He swalloweth the ground with fierceness and rage,
+neither believeth he that it is the sound of the trumpet. He saith
+among the trumpets, Ha, ha! and he smelleth the battle afar off,
+the thunder of the captains, and the shouting. [Job 39:19-25]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{324} But for such footmen as thee and I are, let us never desire
+to meet with an enemy, nor vaunt as if we could do better, when we
+hear of others that they have been foiled, Nor be tickled at the
+thoughts of our own manhood; for such commonly come by the worst
+when tried. Witness Peter, of whom I made mention before. He would
+swagger, ay, he would; he would, as his vain mind prompted him to
+say, do better, and stand more for his Master than all men; but
+who so foiled, and run down by these villains, as he?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+When, therefore, we hear that such robberies are done on the King's
+highway, two things become us to do:
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{325} 1. To go out harnessed, and to be sure to take a shield with
+us; for it was for want of that, that he that laid so lustily at
+Leviathan could not make him yield; for, indeed, if that be wanting,
+he fears us not at all. Therefore, he that had skill hath said,
+"Above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able
+to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked." [Eph. 6:16]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{326} 2. It is good, also, that we desire of the King a convoy,
+yea, that he will go with us himself. This made David rejoice
+when in the Valley of the Shadow of Death; and Moses was rather for
+dying where he stood, than to go one step without his God. [Exo.
+33:15] Oh, my brother, if he will but go along with us, what need
+we be afraid of ten thousands that shall set themselves against
+us? [Ps. 3:5-8, 27:1-3] But, without him, the proud helpers "fall
+under the slain". [Isa. 10:4]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{327} I, for my part, have been in the fray before now; and though,
+through the goodness of him that is best, I am, as you see, alive,
+yet I cannot boast of my manhood. Glad shall I be, if I meet
+with no more such brunts; though I fear we are not got beyond all
+danger. However, since the lion and the bear have not as yet devoured
+me, I hope God will also deliver us from the next uncircumcised
+Philistine. Then sang Christian--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Poor Little-faith! Hast been among the thieves?<br/>
+ Wast robb'd? Remember this, whoso believes,<br/>
+ And gets more faith, shall then a victor be<br/>
+ Over ten thousand, else scarce over three.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{328} So they went on and Ignorance followed. They went then till
+they came at a place where they saw a way put itself into their way,
+and seemed withal to lie as straight as the way which they should
+go: and here they knew not which of the two to take, for both
+seemed straight before them; therefore, here they stood still to
+consider. And as they were thinking about the way, behold a man,
+black of flesh, but covered with a very light robe, came to them,
+and asked them why they stood there. They answered they were going
+to the Celestial City, but knew not which of these ways to take.
+Follow me, said the man, it is thither that I am going. So they
+followed him in the way that but now came into the road, which by
+degrees turned, and turned them so from the city that they desired
+to go to, that, in little time, their faces were turned away from
+it; yet they followed him. But by and by, before they were aware,
+he led them both within the compass of a net, in which they were
+both so entangled that they knew not what to do; and with that the
+white robe fell off the black man's back. Then they saw where they
+were. Wherefore, there they lay crying some time, for they could
+not get themselves out.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{329} CHR. Then said Christian to his fellow, Now do I see myself
+in error. Did not the Shepherds bid us beware of the flatterers?
+As is the saying of the wise man, so we have found it this day. A
+man that flattereth his neighbour, spreadeth a net for his feet.
+[Prov. 29:5]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. They also gave us a note of directions about the way, for
+our more sure finding thereof; but therein we have also forgotten
+to read, and have not kept ourselves from the paths of the destroyer.
+Here David was wiser than we; for, saith he, "Concerning the works
+of men, by the word of thy lips, I have kept me from the paths of
+the destroyer." [Ps. 17:4] Thus they lay bewailing themselves
+in the net. At last they espied a Shining One coming towards them
+with a whip of small cord in his hand. When he was come to the
+place where they were, he asked them whence they came, and what
+they did there. They told him that they were poor pilgrims going
+to Zion, but were led out of their way by a black man, clothed in
+white, who bid us, said they, follow him, for he was going thither
+too. Then said he with the whip, It is Flatterer, a false apostle,
+that hath transformed himself into an angel of light. [Prov. 29:5,
+Dan. 11:32, 2 Cor. 11:13,14] So he rent the net, and let the men
+out. Then said he to them, Follow me, that I may set you in your
+way again. So he led them back to the way which they had left to
+follow the Flatterer. Then he asked them, saying, Where did you lie
+the last night? They said, With the Shepherds upon the Delectable
+Mountains. He asked them then if they had not of those Shepherds
+a note of direction for the way. They answered, Yes. But did you,
+said he, when you were at a stand, pluck out and read your note?
+They answered, No. He asked them, Why? They said, they forgot.
+He asked, moreover, if the Shepherds did not bid them beware of
+the Flatterer? They answered, Yes, but we did not imagine, said
+they, that this fine-spoken man had been he. [Rom. 16:18]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{330} Then I saw in my dream that he commanded them to lie down;
+which, when they did, he chastised them sore, to teach them the
+good way wherein they should walk [Deut. 25:2]; and as he chastised
+them he said, "As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous,
+therefore, and repent." [2 Chron. 6:26,27, Rev. 3:19] This
+done, he bid them go on their way, and take good heed to the other
+directions of the shepherds. So they thanked him for all his
+kindness, and went softly along the right way, singing--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Come hither, you that walk along the way;<br/>
+ See how the pilgrims fare that go astray.<br/>
+ They catched are in an entangling net,<br/>
+ 'Cause they good counsel lightly did forget:<br/>
+ 'Tis true they rescued were, but yet you see,<br/>
+ They're scourged to boot. Let this your caution be.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{331} Now, after a while, they perceived, afar off, one coming
+softly and alone, all along the highway to meet them. Then said
+Christian to his fellow, Yonder is a man with his back towards
+Zion, and he is coming to meet us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I see him; let us take heed to ourselves now, lest he should
+prove a flatterer also. So he drew nearer and nearer, and at last
+came up unto them. His name was Atheist, and he asked them whither
+they were going.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. We are going to Mount Zion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Atheist fell into a very great laughter.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. What is the meaning of your laughter?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{332} ATHEIST. I laugh to see what ignorant persons you are, to
+take upon you so tedious a journey, and you are like to have nothing
+but your travel for your pains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, man, do you think we shall not be received?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ATHEIST. Received! There is no such place as you dream of in all
+this world.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But there is in the world to come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{333} ATHEIST. When I was at home in mine own country, I heard as
+you now affirm, and from that hearing went out to see, and have
+been seeking this city this twenty years; but find no more of it
+than I did the first day I set out. [Jer. 22:12, Eccl. 10:15]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. We have both heard and believe that there is such a place to
+be found.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+ATHEIST. Had not I, when at home, believed, I had not come thus far
+to seek; but finding none, (and yet I should, had there been such
+a place to be found, for I have gone to seek it further than you),
+I am going back again, and will seek to refresh myself with the
+things that I then cast away, for hopes of that which, I now see,
+is not.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{334} CHR. Then said Christian to Hopeful his fellow, Is it true
+which this man hath said?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hopeful's gracious answer
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hope. Take heed, he is one of the flatterers; remember what it hath
+cost us once already for our hearkening to such kind of fellows.
+What! no Mount Zion? Did we not see, from the Delectable Mountains
+the gate of the city? Also, are we not now to walk by faith? Let
+us go on, said Hopeful, lest the man with the whip overtake us
+again. [2 Cor. 5:7] You should have taught me that lesson, which
+I will round you in the ears withal: "Cease, my son, to hear
+the instruction that causeth to err from the words of knowledge."
+[Prov. 19:27] I say, my brother, cease to hear him, and let us
+"believe to the saving of the soul". [Heb. 10:39]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{335} CHR. My brother, I did not put the question to thee for that
+I doubted of the truth of our belief myself, but to prove thee,
+and to fetch from thee a fruit of the honesty of thy heart. As
+for this man, I know that he is blinded by the god of this world.
+Let thee and I go on, knowing that we have belief of the truth,
+"and no lie is of the truth". [1 John 2:21]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Now do I rejoice in hope of the glory of God. So they turned
+away from the man; and he, laughing at them, went his way.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{336} I saw then in my dream, that they went till they came into
+a certain country, whose air naturally tended to make one drowsy,
+if he came a stranger into it. And here Hopeful began to be very
+dull and heavy of sleep; wherefore he said unto Christian, I do
+now begin to grow so drowsy that I can scarcely hold up mine eyes,
+let us lie down here and take one nap.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. By no means, said the other, lest sleeping, we never awake
+more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Why, my brother? Sleep is sweet to the labouring man; we
+may be refreshed if we take a nap.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Do you not remember that one of the Shepherds bid us beware
+of the Enchanted Ground? He meant by that that we should beware
+of sleeping; "Therefore let us not sleep, as do others, but let us
+watch and be sober." [1 Thess. 5:6]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{337} HOPE. I acknowledge myself in a fault, and had I been here
+alone I had by sleeping run the danger of death. I see it is true
+that the wise man saith, Two are better than one. Hitherto hath
+thy company been my mercy, and thou shalt have a good reward for
+thy labour. [Eccl. 9:9]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Now then, said Christian, to prevent drowsiness in this place,
+let us fall into good discourse.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. With all my heart, said the other.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Where shall we begin?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Where God began with us. But do you begin, if you please.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. I will sing you first this song:--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ When saints do sleepy grow, let them come hither,<br/>
+ And hear how these two pilgrims talk together:<br/>
+ Yea, let them learn of them, in any wise,<br/>
+ Thus to keep ope their drowsy slumb'ring eyes.<br/>
+ Saints' fellowship, if it be managed well,<br/>
+ Keeps them awake, and that in spite of hell.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{338} CHR. Then Christian began and said, I will ask you a question.
+How came you to think at first of so doing as you do now?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Do you mean, how came I at first to look after the good of
+my soul?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, that is my meaning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I continued a great while in the delight of those things
+which were seen and sold at our fair; things which, I believe now,
+would have, had I continued in them, still drowned me in perdition
+and destruction.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. What things are they?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Hopeful's life before conversion
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. All the treasures and riches of the world. Also, I delighted
+much in rioting, revelling, drinking, swearing, lying, uncleanness,
+Sabbath-breaking, and what not, that tended to destroy the soul.
+But I found at last, by hearing and considering of things that are
+divine, which indeed I heard of you, as also of beloved Faithful
+that was put to death for his faith and good living in Vanity Fair,
+that "the end of these things is death". [Rom. 6:21-23] And that
+for these things' sake "cometh the wrath of God upon the children
+of disobedience". [Eph. 5:6]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And did you presently fall under the power of this conviction?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{339} HOPE. No, I was not willing presently to know the evil
+of sin, nor the damnation that follows upon the commission of it;
+but endeavoured, when my mind at first began to be shaken with the
+Word, to shut mine eyes against the light thereof.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But what was the cause of your carrying of it thus to the
+first workings of God's blessed Spirit upon you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{340} HOPE. The causes were, 1. I was ignorant that this was the
+work of God upon me. I never thought that, by awakenings for sin,
+God at first begins the conversion of a sinner. 2. Sin was yet
+very sweet to my flesh, and I was loath to leave it. 3. I could
+not tell how to part with mine old companions, their presence and
+actions were so desirable unto me. 4. The hours in which convictions
+were upon me were such troublesome and such heart-affrighting hours
+that I could not bear, no not so much as the remembrance of them,
+upon my heart.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then, as it seems, sometimes you got rid of your trouble.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Yes, verily, but it would come into my mind again, and then
+I should be as bad, nay, worse, than I was before.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, what was it that brought your sins to mind again?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{341} HOPE. Many things; as,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+1. If I did but meet a good man in the streets; or,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+2. If I have heard any read in the Bible; or,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+3. If mine head did begin to ache; or,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+4. If I were told that some of my neighbours were sick; or,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+5. If I heard the bell toll for some that were dead; or,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+6. If I thought of dying myself; or,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+7. If I heard that sudden death happened to others;
+</p>
+
+<p>
+8. But especially, when I thought of myself, that I must quickly
+come to judgment.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{342} CHR. And could you at any time, with ease, get off the guilt
+of sin, when by any of these ways it came upon you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. No, not I, for then they got faster hold of my conscience;
+and then, if I did but think of going back to sin, (though my mind
+was turned against it), it would be double torment to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And how did you do then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I thought I must endeavour to mend my life; for else, thought
+I, I am sure to be damned.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{343} CHR. And did you endeavour to mend?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Yes; and fled from not only my sins, but sinful company too;
+and betook me to religious duties, as prayer, reading, weeping for
+sin, speaking truth to my neighbours, &amp;c. These things did I, with
+many others, too much here to relate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And did you think yourself well then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Yes, for a while; but at the last, my trouble came tumbling
+upon me again, and that over the neck of all my reformations.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{344} CHR. How came that about, since you were now reformed?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. There were several things brought it upon me, especially such
+sayings as these: "All our righteousnesses are as filthy rags."
+[Isa. 64:6] "By the works of the law shall no flesh be justified."
+[Gal. 2:16] "When ye shall have done all those things, say, We are
+unprofitable", [Luke 17:10] with many more such like. From whence
+I began to reason with myself thus: If ALL my righteousnesses are
+filthy rags; if, by the deeds of the law, NO man can be justified;
+and if, when we have done ALL, we are yet unprofitable, then it
+is but a folly to think of heaven by the law. I further thought
+thus: If a man runs a hundred pounds into the shopkeeper's debt,
+and after that shall pay for all that he shall fetch; yet, if this
+old debt stands still in the book uncrossed, for that the shopkeeper
+may sue him, and cast him into prison till he shall pay the debt.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, and how did you apply this to yourself?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Why; I thought thus with myself. I have, by my sins, run a
+great way into God's book, and that my now reforming will not pay
+off that score; therefore I should think still, under all my present
+amendments, But how shall I be freed from that damnation that I
+have brought myself in danger of by my former transgressions?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{345} CHR. A very good application: but, pray, go on.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Another thing that hath troubled me, even since my late
+amendments, is, that if I look narrowly into the best of what I do
+now, I still see sin, new sin, mixing itself with the best of that
+I do; so that now I am forced to conclude, that notwithstanding
+my former fond conceits of myself and duties, I have committed sin
+enough in one duty to send me to hell, though my former life had
+been faultless.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And what did you do then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{346} HOPE. Do! I could not tell what to do, until I brake my
+mind to Faithful, for he and I were well acquainted. And he told
+me, that unless I could obtain the righteousness of a man that
+never had sinned, neither mine own, nor all the righteousness of
+the world could save me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And did you think he spake true?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Had he told me so when I was pleased and satisfied with mine
+own amendment, I had called him fool for his pains; but now, since
+I see mine own infirmity, and the sin that cleaves to my best
+performance, I have been forced to be of his opinion.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{347} CHR. But did you think, when at first he suggested it to you,
+that there was such a man to be found, of whom it might justly be
+said that he never committed sin?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I must confess the words at first sounded strangely, but
+after a little more talk and company with him, I had full conviction
+about it.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And did you ask him what man this was, and how you must be
+justified by him?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Yes, and he told me it was the Lord Jesus, that dwelleth on
+the right hand of the Most High. And thus, said he, you must be
+justified by him, even by trusting to what he hath done by himself,
+in the days of his flesh, and suffered when he did hang on the
+tree. I asked him further, how that man's righteousness could be
+of that efficacy to justify another before God? And he told me he
+was the mighty God, and did what he did, and died the death also,
+not for himself, but for me; to whom his doings, and the worthiness
+of them, should be imputed, if I believed on him. [Heb. 10,
+Rom. 6, Col. 1, 1 Pet. 1]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{348} CHR. And what did you do then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I made my objections against my believing, for that I thought
+he was not willing to save me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And what said Faithful to you then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. He bid me go to him and see. Then I said it was presumption;
+but he said, No, for I was invited to come. [Matt. 11:28] Then
+he gave me a book of Jesus, his inditing, to encourage me the more
+freely to come; and he said, concerning that book, that every jot
+and tittle thereof stood firmer than heaven and earth. [Matt.
+24:35] Then I asked him, What I must do when I came; and he told
+me, I must entreat upon my knees, with all my heart and soul, the
+Father to reveal him to me. [Ps. 95:6, Dan. 6:10, Jer. 29:12,13]
+Then I asked him further, how I must make my supplication to him?
+And he said, Go, and thou shalt find him upon a mercy-seat, where
+he sits all the year long, to give pardon and forgiveness to them
+that come. I told him that I knew not what to say when I came.
+And he bid me say to this effect: God be merciful to me a sinner,
+and make me to know and believe in Jesus Christ; for I see, that
+if his righteousness had not been, or I have not faith in that
+righteousness, I am utterly cast away. Lord, I have heard that thou
+art a merciful God, and hast ordained that thy Son Jesus Christ
+should be the Saviour of the world; and moreover, that thou art
+willing to bestow him upon such a poor sinner as I am, (and I am a
+sinner indeed); Lord, take therefore this opportunity and magnify
+thy grace in the salvation of my soul, through thy Son Jesus Christ.
+Amen. [Exo. 25:22, Lev. 16:2, Num. 7:89, Heb. 4:16]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{349} CHR. And did you do as you were bidden?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Yes; over, and over, and over.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And did the Father reveal his Son to you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Not at the first, nor second, nor third, nor fourth, nor
+fifth; no, nor at the sixth time neither.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. What did you do then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. What! why I could not tell what to do.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Had you not thoughts of leaving off praying?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Yes; an hundred times twice told.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. And what was the reason you did not?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I believed that that was true which had been told me, to
+wit, that without the righteousness of this Christ, all the world
+could not save me; and therefore, thought I with myself, if I leave
+off I die, and I can but die at the throne of grace. And withal,
+this came into my mind, "Though it tarry, wait for it; because it
+will surely come, it will not tarry." [Heb. 2:3] So I continued
+praying until the Father showed me his Son.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{350} CHR. And how was he revealed unto you?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I did not see him with my bodily eyes, but with the eyes of
+my understanding; [Eph. 1:18,19] and thus it was: One day I was
+very sad, I think sadder than at any one time in my life, and this
+sadness was through a fresh sight of the greatness and vileness of
+my sins. And as I was then looking for nothing but hell, and the
+everlasting damnation of my soul, suddenly, as I thought, I saw
+the Lord Jesus Christ look down from heaven upon me, and saying,
+"Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved." [Acts
+16:30,31]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{351} But I replied, Lord, I am a great, a very great sinner. And
+he answered, "My grace is sufficient for thee." [2 Cor.12:9] Then
+I said, But, Lord, what is believing? And then I saw from that
+saying, "He that cometh to me shall never hunger, and he that
+believeth on me shall never thirst", that believing and coming was
+all one; and that he that came, that is, ran out in his heart and
+affections after salvation by Christ, he indeed believed in Christ.
+[John 6:35] Then the water stood in mine eyes, and I asked further.
+But, Lord, may such a great sinner as I am be indeed accepted of
+thee, and be saved by thee? And I heard him say, "And him that
+cometh to me, I will in no wise cast out." [John 6:37] Then I said,
+But how, Lord, must I consider of thee in my coming to thee, that
+my faith may be placed aright upon thee? Then he said, "Christ
+Jesus came into the world to save sinners." [1 Tim. 1:15] "He is
+the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believeth."
+[Rom. 10:4] "He died for our sins, and rose again for our
+justification." [Rom. 4:25] "He loved us, and washed us from our
+sins in his own blood." [Rev. 1:5] "He is mediator betwixt God
+and us." [1 Tim. 2:5] "He ever liveth to make intercession for
+us." [Heb. 7:24,25] From all which I gathered, that I must look
+for righteousness in his person, and for satisfaction for my sins
+by his blood; that what he did in obedience to his Father's law,
+and in submitting to the penalty thereof, was not for himself, but
+for him that will accept it for his salvation, and be thankful.
+And now was my heart full of joy, mine eyes full of tears, and mine
+affections running over with love to the name, people, and ways of
+Jesus Christ.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{352} CHR. This was a revelation of Christ to your soul indeed;
+but tell me particularly what effect this had upon your spirit.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. It made me see that all the world, notwithstanding all the
+righteousness thereof, is in a state of condemnation. It made me
+see that God the Father, though he be just, can justly justify the
+coming sinner. It made me greatly ashamed of the vileness of my
+former life, and confounded me with the sense of mine own ignorance;
+for there never came thought into my heart before now that showed
+me so the beauty of Jesus Christ. It made me love a holy life,
+and long to do something for the honour and glory of the name of
+the Lord Jesus; yea, I thought that had I now a thousand gallons
+of blood in my body, I could spill it all for the sake of the Lord
+Jesus.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{353} I saw then in my dream that Hopeful looked back and saw
+Ignorance, whom they had left behind, coming after. Look, said he
+to Christian, how far yonder youngster loitereth behind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Ay, ay, I see him; he careth not for our company.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. But I trow it would not have hurt him had he kept pace with
+us hitherto.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. That is true; but I warrant you he thinketh otherwise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. That, I think, he doth; but, however, let us tarry for him.
+So they did.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{354} Then Christian said to him, Come away, man, why do you stay
+so behind?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. I take my pleasure in walking alone, even more a great deal
+than in company, unless I like it the better.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said Christian to Hopeful, (but softly), Did I not tell you
+he cared not for our company? But, however, said he, come up, and
+let us talk away the time in this solitary place. Then directing
+his speech to Ignorance, he said, Come, how do you? How stands it
+between God and your soul now?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{355} Ignorance's hope, and the ground of it
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. I hope well; for I am always full of good motions, that come
+into my mind, to comfort me as I walk.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. What good motions? pray, tell us.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. Why, I think of God and heaven.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. So do the devils and damned souls.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. But I think of them and desire them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. So do many that are never like to come there. "The soul of
+the sluggard desireth, and hath nothing." [Prov. 13:4]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. But I think of them, and leave all for them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. That I doubt; for leaving all is a hard matter: yea, a harder
+matter than many are aware of. But why, or by what, art thou
+persuaded that thou hast left all for God and heaven.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{356} IGNOR. My heart tells me so.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. The wise man says, "He that trusts his own heart is a fool."
+[Prov. 28:26]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. This is spoken of an evil heart, but mine is a good one.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. But how dost thou prove that?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. It comforts me in hopes of heaven.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. That may be through its deceitfulness; for a man's heart may
+minister comfort to him in the hopes of that thing for which he
+yet has no ground to hope.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. But my heart and life agree together, and therefore my hope
+is well grounded.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Who told thee that thy heart and life agree together?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. My heart tells me so.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Ask my fellow if I be a thief! Thy heart tells thee so! Except
+the Word of God beareth witness in this matter, other testimony is
+of no value.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{357} IGNOR. But is it not a good heart that hath good thoughts?
+and is not that a good life that is according to God's commandments?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Yes, that is a good heart that hath good thoughts, and that
+is a good life that is according to God's commandments; but it is
+one thing, indeed, to have these, and another thing only to think
+so.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. Pray, what count you good thoughts, and a life according to
+God's commandments?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. There are good thoughts of divers kinds; some respecting
+ourselves, some God, some Christ, and some other things.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. What be good thoughts respecting ourselves?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Such as agree with the Word of God.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{358} IGNOR. When do our thoughts of ourselves agree with the Word
+of God?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. When we pass the same judgment upon ourselves which the Word
+passes. To explain myself--the Word of God saith of persons in
+a natural condition, "There is none righteous, there is none that
+doeth good." [Rom. 3] It saith also, that "every imagination of
+the heart of man is only evil, and that continually." [Gen. 6:5]
+And again, "The imagination of man's heart is evil from his youth."
+[Rom. 8:21] Now then, when we think thus of ourselves, having
+sense thereof, then are our thoughts good ones, because according
+to the Word of God.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. I will never believe that my heart is thus bad.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Therefore thou never hadst one good thought concerning thyself
+in thy life. But let me go on. As the Word passeth a judgment
+upon our heart, so it passeth a judgment upon our ways; and when
+OUR thoughts of our hearts and ways agree with the judgment which
+the Word giveth of both, then are both good, because agreeing
+thereto.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{359} IGNOR. Make out your meaning.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, the Word of God saith that man's ways are crooked ways;
+not good, but perverse. [Ps. 125:5, Prov. 2:15] It saith they
+are naturally out of the good way, that they have not known it.
+[Rom. 3] Now, when a man thus thinketh of his ways,--I say, when
+he doth sensibly, and with heart-humiliation, thus think, then hath
+he good thoughts of his own ways, because his thoughts now agree
+with the judgment of the Word of God.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{360} IGNOR. What are good thoughts concerning God?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Even as I have said concerning ourselves, when our thoughts
+of God do agree with what the Word saith of him; and that is, when
+we think of his being and attributes as the Word hath taught, of
+which I cannot now discourse at large; but to speak of him with
+reference to us: Then we have right thoughts of God, when we
+think that he knows us better than we know ourselves, and can see
+sin in us when and where we can see none in ourselves; when we
+think he knows our inmost thoughts, and that our heart, with all
+its depths, is always open unto his eyes; also, when we think that
+all our righteousness stinks in his nostrils, and that, therefore,
+he cannot abide to see us stand before him in any confidence, even
+in all our best performances.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{361} IGNOR. Do you think that I am such a fool as to think God can
+see no further than I? or, that I would come to God in the best of
+my performances?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, how dost thou think in this matter?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. Why, to be short, I think I must believe in Christ for
+justification.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. How! think thou must believe in Christ, when thou seest
+not thy need of him! Thou neither seest thy original nor actual
+infirmities; but hast such an opinion of thyself, and of what
+thou dost, as plainly renders thee to be one that did never see a
+necessity of Christ's personal righteousness to justify thee before
+God. How, then, dost thou say, I believe in Christ?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{362} IGNOR. I believe well enough for all that.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. How dost thou believe?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+IGNOR. I believe that Christ died for sinners, and that I shall be
+justified before God from the curse, through his gracious acceptance
+of my obedience to his law. Or thus, Christ makes my duties, that
+are religious, acceptable to his Father, by virtue of his merits;
+and so shall I be justified.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{363} CHR. Let me give an answer to this confession of thy faith:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+1. Thou believest with a fantastical faith; for this faith is
+nowhere described in the Word.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+2. Thou believest with a false faith; because it taketh justification
+from the personal righteousness of Christ, and applies it to thy
+own.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+3. This faith maketh not Christ a justifier of thy person, but
+of thy actions; and of thy person for thy actions' sake, which is
+false.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+4. Therefore, this faith is deceitful, even such as will leave
+thee under wrath, in the day of God Almighty; for true justifying
+faith puts the soul, as sensible of its condition by the law, upon
+flying for refuge unto Christ's righteousness, which righteousness
+of his is not an act of grace, by which he maketh for justification,
+thy obedience accepted with God; but his personal obedience to the
+law, in doing and suffering for us what that required at our hands;
+this righteousness, I say, true faith accepteth; under the skirt
+of which, the soul being shrouded, and by it presented as spotless
+before God, it is accepted, and acquit from condemnation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{364} IGNOR. What! would you have us trust to what Christ, in his
+own person, has done without us? This conceit would loosen the
+reins of our lust, and tolerate us to live as we list; for what
+matter how we live, if we may be justified by Christ's personal
+righteousness from all, when we believe it?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Ignorance is thy name, and as thy name is, so art thou; even
+this thy answer demonstrateth what I say. Ignorant thou art of
+what justifying righteousness is, and as ignorant how to secure thy
+soul, through the faith of it, from the heavy wrath of God. Yea,
+thou also art ignorant of the true effects of saving faith in this
+righteousness of Christ, which is, to bow and win over the heart
+to God in Christ, to love his name, his word, ways, and people,
+and not as thou ignorantly imaginest.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Ask him if ever he had Christ revealed to him from heaven.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{365} IGNOR. What! you are a man for revelations! I believe that
+what both you, and all the rest of you, say about that matter, is
+but the fruit of distracted brains.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Why, man! Christ is so hid in God from the natural apprehensions
+of the flesh, that he cannot by any man be savingly known, unless
+God the Father reveals him to them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{366} IGNOR. That is your faith, but not mine; yet mine, I doubt
+not, is as good as yours, though I have not in my head so many
+whimsies as you.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Give me leave to put in a word. You ought not so slightly
+to speak of this matter; for this I will boldly affirm, even as my
+good companion hath done, that no man can know Jesus Christ but by
+the revelation of the Father; [Matt. 11:27] yea, and faith too,
+by which the soul layeth hold upon Christ, if it be right, must be
+wrought by the exceeding greatness of his mighty power; the working
+of which faith, I perceive, poor Ignorance, thou art ignorant of.
+[1 Cor. 12:3, Eph. 1:18,19] Be awakened, then, see thine own
+wretchedness, and fly to the Lord Jesus; and by his righteousness,
+which is the righteousness of God, for he himself is God, thou
+shalt be delivered from condemnation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{367} IGNOR. You go so fast, I cannot keep pace with you. Do you
+go on before; I must stay a while behind.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then they said--
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Well, Ignorance, wilt thou yet foolish be,<br/>
+ To slight good counsel, ten times given thee?<br/>
+ And if thou yet refuse it, thou shalt know,<br/>
+ Ere long, the evil of thy doing so.<br/>
+ Remember, man, in time, stoop, do not fear;<br/>
+ Good counsel taken well, saves: therefore hear.<br/>
+ But if thou yet shalt slight it, thou wilt be<br/>
+ The loser, (Ignorance), I'll warrant thee.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then Christian addressed thus himself to his fellow:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, come, my good Hopeful, I perceive that thou and I must
+walk by ourselves again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{368} So I saw in my dream that they went on apace before,
+and Ignorance he came hobbling after. Then said Christian to his
+companion, It pities me much for this poor man, it will certainly
+go ill with him at last.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Alas! there are abundance in our town in his condition,
+whole families, yea, whole streets, and that of pilgrims too; and
+if there be so many in our parts, how many, think you, must there
+be in the place where he was born?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Indeed the Word saith, "He hath blinded their eyes, lest they
+should see", &amp;c. But now we are by ourselves, what do you think
+of such men? Have they at no time, think you, convictions of sin,
+and so consequently fears that their state is dangerous?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Nay, do you answer that question yourself, for you are the
+elder man.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Then I say, sometimes (as I think) they may; but they being
+naturally ignorant, understand not that such convictions tend to
+their good; and therefore they do desperately seek to stifle them,
+and presumptuously continue to flatter themselves in the way of
+their own hearts.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{369} HOPE. I do believe, as you say, that fear tends much to men's
+good, and to make them right, at their beginning to go on pilgrimage.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Without all doubt it doth, if it be right; for so says the
+Word, "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom." [Prov.
+1:7, 9:10, Job 28:28, Ps. 111:10]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{370} HOPE. How will you describe right fear?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. True or right fear is discovered by three things:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+1. By its rise; it is caused by saving convictions for sin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+2. It driveth the soul to lay fast hold of Christ for salvation.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+3. It begetteth and continueth in the soul a great reverence of
+God, his Word, and ways, keeping it tender, and making it afraid
+to turn from them, to the right hand or to the left, to anything
+that may dishonour God, break its peace, grieve the Spirit, or
+cause the enemy to speak reproachfully.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Well said; I believe you have said the truth. Are we now
+almost got past the Enchanted Ground?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Why, art thou weary of this discourse?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. No, verily, but that I would know where we are.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{371} CHR. We have not now above two miles further to go thereon.
+But let us return to our matter. Now the ignorant know not that
+such convictions as tend to put them in fear are for their good,
+and therefore they seek to stifle them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. How do they seek to stifle them?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{372} CHR. 1. They think that those fears are wrought by the
+devil, (though indeed they are wrought of God); and, thinking so,
+they resist them as things that directly tend to their overthrow.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+2. They also think that these fears tend to the spoiling of their
+faith, when, alas, for them, poor men that they are, they have none
+at all! and therefore they harden their hearts against them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+3. They presume they ought not to fear; and, therefore, in despite
+of them, wax presumptuously confident.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+4. They see that those fears tend to take away from them their
+pitiful old self-holiness, and therefore they resist them with all
+their might.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{373} HOPE. I know something of this myself; for, before I knew
+myself, it was so with me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well, we will leave, at this time, our neighbour Ignorance by
+himself, and fall upon another profitable question.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. With all my heart, but you shall still begin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. Well then, did you not know, about ten years ago, one Temporary
+in your parts, who was a forward man in religion then?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Know him! yes, he dwelt in Graceless, a town about two miles
+off of Honesty, and he dwelt next door to one Turnback.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{374} CHR. Right, he dwelt under the same roof with him. Well,
+that man was much awakened once; I believe that then he had some
+sight of his sins, and of the wages that were due thereto.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. I am of your mind, for, my house not being above three miles
+from him, he would ofttimes come to me, and that with many tears.
+Truly I pitied the man, and was not altogether without hope of him;
+but one may see, it is not every one that cries, Lord, Lord.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. He told me once that he was resolved to go on pilgrimage, as
+we do now; but all of a sudden he grew acquainted with one Save-self,
+and then he became a stranger to me.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{375} HOPE. Now, since we are talking about him, let us a little
+inquire into the reason of the sudden backsliding of him and such
+others.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. It may be very profitable, but do you begin.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+HOPE. Well, then, there are in my judgment four reasons for it:--
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{376} 1. Though the consciences of such men are awakened, yet their
+minds are not changed; therefore, when the power of guilt weareth
+away, that which provoked them to be religious ceaseth, wherefore
+they naturally turn to their own course again, even as we see the
+dog that is sick of what he has eaten, so long as his sickness
+prevails he vomits and casts up all; not that he doth this of a
+free mind (if we may say a dog has a mind), but because it troubleth
+his stomach; but now, when his sickness is over, and so his stomach
+eased, his desire being not at all alienate from his vomit, he turns
+him about and licks up all, and so it is true which is written,
+"The dog is turned to his own vomit again." [2 Pet. 2:22] Thus
+I say, being hot for heaven, by virtue only of the sense and fear
+of the torments of hell, as their sense of hell and the fears of
+damnation chills and cools, so their desires for heaven and salvation
+cool also. So then it comes to pass, that when their guilt and
+fear is gone, their desires for heaven and happiness die, and they
+return to their course again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{377} 2. Another reason is, they have slavish fears that do
+overmaster them; I speak now of the fears that they have of men,
+for "the fear of man bringeth a snare". [Prov. 29:25] So then,
+though they seem to be hot for heaven, so long as the flames of
+hell are about their ears, yet when that terror is a little over,
+they betake themselves to second thoughts; namely, that it is good
+to be wise, and not to run (for they know not what) the hazard of
+losing all, or, at least, of bringing themselves into unavoidable
+and unnecessary troubles, and so they fall in with the world again.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{378} 3. The shame that attends religion lies also as a block in
+their way; they are proud and haughty; and religion in their eye
+is low and contemptible, therefore, when they have lost their sense
+of hell and wrath to come, they return again to their former course.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{379} 4. Guilt, and to meditate terror, are grievous to them.
+They like not to see their misery before they come into it; though
+perhaps the sight of it first, if they loved that sight, might make
+them fly whither the righteous fly and are safe. But because they
+do, as I hinted before, even shun the thoughts of guilt and terror,
+therefore, when once they are rid of their awakenings about the
+terrors and wrath of God, they harden their hearts gladly, and
+choose such ways as will harden them more and more.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{380} CHR. You are pretty near the business, for the bottom of all
+is for want of a change in their mind and will. And therefore they
+are but like the felon that standeth before the judge, he quakes
+and trembles, and seems to repent most heartily, but the bottom
+of all is the fear of the halter; not that he hath any detestation
+of the offence, as is evident, because, let but this man have his
+liberty, and he will be a thief, and so a rogue still, whereas, if
+his mind was changed, he would be otherwise.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{381} HOPE. Now I have showed you the reasons of their going back,
+do you show me the manner thereof.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+CHR. So I will willingly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+1. They draw off their thoughts, all that they may, from the
+remembrance of God, death, and judgment to come.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+2. Then they cast off by degrees private duties, as closet prayer,
+curbing their lusts, watching, sorrow for sin, and the like.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+3. Then they shun the company of lively and warm Christians.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+4. After that they grow cold to public duty, as hearing, reading,
+godly conference, and the like.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+5. Then they begin to pick holes, as we say, in the coats of some
+of the godly; and that devilishly, that they may have a seeming
+colour to throw religion (for the sake of some infirmity they have
+espied in them) behind their backs.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+6. Then they begin to adhere to, and associate themselves with,
+carnal, loose, and wanton men.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+7. Then they give way to carnal and wanton discourses in secret;
+and glad are they if they can see such things in any that are
+counted honest, that they may the more boldly do it through their
+example.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+8. After this they begin to play with little sins openly.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+9. And then, being hardened, they show themselves as they are. Thus,
+being launched again into the gulf of misery, unless a miracle of
+grace prevent it, they everlastingly perish in their own deceivings.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{382} Now I saw in my dream, that by this time the Pilgrims were
+got over the Enchanted Ground, and entering into the country of
+Beulah, whose air was very sweet and pleasant, the way lying directly
+through it, they solaced themselves there for a season. Yea, here
+they heard continually the singing of birds, and saw every day the
+flowers appear on the earth, and heard the voice of the turtle in
+the land. [Isa. 62:4, Song of Solomon 2:10-12] In this country
+the sun shineth night and day; wherefore this was beyond the Valley
+of the Shadow of Death, and also out of the reach of Giant Despair,
+neither could they from this place so much as see Doubting Castle.
+Here they were within sight of the city they were going to, also
+here met them some of the inhabitants thereof; for in this land
+the Shining Ones commonly walked, because it was upon the borders
+of heaven. In this land also, the contract between the bride and
+the bridegroom was renewed; yea, here, "As the bridegroom rejoiceth
+over the bride, so did their God rejoice over them." [Isa. 62:5]
+Here they had no want of corn and wine; for in this place they met
+with abundance of what they had sought for in all their pilgrimage.
+[Isa. 62:8] Here they heard voices from out of the city, loud voices,
+saying, "'Say ye to the daughter of Zion, Behold, thy salvation
+cometh! Behold, his reward is with him!' Here all the inhabitants
+of the country called them, 'The holy people, The redeemed of the
+Lord, Sought out'", etc. [Isa. 62:11,12]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{383} Now as they walked in this land, they had more rejoicing than
+in parts more remote from the kingdom to which they were bound; and
+drawing near to the city, they had yet a more perfect view thereof.
+It was builded of pearls and precious stones, also the street thereof
+was paved with gold; so that by reason of the natural glory of the
+city, and the reflection of the sunbeams upon it, Christian with
+desire fell sick; Hopeful also had a fit or two of the same disease.
+Wherefore, here they lay by it a while, crying out, because of their
+pangs, If ye find my beloved, tell him that I am sick of love.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{384} But, being a little strengthened, and better able to bear
+their sickness, they walked on their way, and came yet nearer and
+nearer, where were orchards, vineyards, and gardens, and their gates
+opened into the highway. Now, as they came up to these places,
+behold the gardener stood in the way, to whom the Pilgrims said,
+Whose goodly vineyards and gardens are these? He answered, They are
+the King's, and are planted here for his own delight, and also for
+the solace of pilgrims. So the gardener had them into the vineyards,
+and bid them refresh themselves with the dainties. [Deut. 23:24]
+He also showed them there the King's walks, and the arbours where
+he delighted to be; and here they tarried and slept.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{385} Now I beheld in my dream that they talked more in their sleep
+at this time than ever they did in all their journey; and being in
+a muse thereabout, the gardener said even to me, Wherefore musest
+thou at the matter? It is the nature of the fruit of the grapes
+of these vineyards to go down so sweetly as to cause the lips of
+them that are asleep to speak.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{386} So I saw that when they awoke, they addressed themselves to
+go up to the city; but, as I said, the reflection of the sun upon
+the city (for the city was pure gold) was so extremely glorious
+that they could not, as yet, with open face behold it, but through
+an instrument made for that purpose. So I saw, that as I went
+on, there met them two men, in raiment that shone like gold; also
+their faces shone as the light. [Rev. 21:18, 2 Cor. 3:18]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{387} These men asked the Pilgrims whence they came; and they told
+them. They also asked them where they had lodged, what difficulties
+and dangers, what comforts and pleasures they had met in the way;
+and they told them. Then said the men that met them, You have but
+two difficulties more to meet with, and then you are in the city.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{388} Christian then, and his companion, asked the men to go along
+with them; so they told them they would. But, said they, you must
+obtain it by your own faith. So I saw in my dream that they went
+on together, until they came in sight of the gate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{389} Now, I further saw, that betwixt them and the gate was a river,
+but there was no bridge to go over: the river was very deep. At
+the sight, therefore, of this river, the Pilgrims were much stunned;
+but the men that went in with them said, You must go through, or
+you cannot come at the gate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{390} The Pilgrims then began to inquire if there was no other
+way to the gate; to which they answered, Yes; but there hath not
+any, save two, to wit, Enoch and Elijah, been permitted to tread
+that path since the foundation of the world, nor shall, until the
+last trumpet shall sound. [1 Cor. 15:51,52] The Pilgrims then,
+especially Christian, began to despond in their minds, and looked
+this way and that, but no way could be found by them by which they
+might escape the river. Then they asked the men if the waters were
+all of a depth. They said: No; yet they could not help them in
+that case; for, said they, you shall find it deeper or shallower
+as you believe in the King of the place.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+*In the Resurrection of the Righteous. [Rev. 20:4-6]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{391} They then addressed themselves to the water and, entering,
+Christian began to sink, and crying out to his good friend Hopeful,
+he said, I sink in deep waters; the billows go over my head, all
+his waves go over me! Selah.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{392} Christian's conflict at the hour of death
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Then said the other, Be of good cheer, my brother, I feel the
+bottom, and it is good. Then said Christian, Ah! my friend, the
+sorrows of death hath compassed me about; I shall not see the land
+that flows with milk and honey; and with that a great darkness and
+horror fell upon Christian, so that he could not see before him.
+Also here he in great measure lost his senses, so that he could
+neither remember nor orderly talk of any of those sweet refreshments
+that he had met with in the way of his pilgrimage. But all the
+words that he spake still tended to discover that he had horror of
+mind, and heart fears that he should die in that river, and never
+obtain entrance in at the gate. Here also, as they that stood by
+perceived, he was much in the troublesome thoughts of the sins that
+he had committed, both since and before he began to be a pilgrim.
+It was also observed that he was troubled with apparitions of
+hobgoblins and evil spirits, for ever and anon he would intimate
+so much by words. Hopeful, therefore, here had much ado to keep
+his brother's head above water; yea, sometimes he would be quite
+gone down, and then, ere a while, he would rise up again half dead.
+Hopeful also would endeavour to comfort him, saying, Brother, I see
+the gate, and men standing by to receive us: but Christian would
+answer, It is you, it is you they wait for; you have been Hopeful
+ever since I knew you. And so have you, said he to Christian.
+Ah! brother! said he, surely if I was right he would now arise
+to help me; but for my sins he hath brought me into the snare, and
+hath left me. Then said Hopeful, My brother, you have quite forgot
+the text, where it is said of the wicked, "There are no bands in
+their death, but their strength is firm. They are not in trouble
+as other men, neither are they plagued like other men. [Ps. 73:4,5]
+These troubles and distresses that you go through in these waters
+are no sign that God hath forsaken you; but are sent to try you,
+whether you will call to mind that which heretofore you have received
+of his goodness, and live upon him in your distresses.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{393} Then I saw in my dream, that Christian was as in a muse
+a while. To whom also Hopeful added this word, Be of good cheer,
+Jesus Christ maketh thee whole; and with that Christian brake out
+with a loud voice, Oh, I see him again! and he tells me, "When
+thou passest through the waters, I will be with thee, and through
+the rivers, they shall not overflow thee." [Isa. 43:2] Then
+they both took courage, and the enemy was after that as still as
+a stone, until they were gone over. Christian therefore presently
+found ground to stand upon, and so it followed that the rest of the
+river was but shallow. Thus they got over. Now, upon the bank of
+the river, on the other side, they saw the two shining men again,
+who there waited for them; wherefore, being come out of the river,
+they saluted them, saying, We are ministering spirits, sent forth
+to minister for those that shall be heirs of salvation. Thus they
+went along towards the gate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{394} Now you must note that the city stood upon a mighty hill,
+but the Pilgrims went up that hill with ease, because they had
+these two men to lead them up by the arms; also, they had left their
+mortal garments behind them in the river, for though they went in
+with them, they came out without them. They, therefore, went up
+here with much agility and speed, though the foundation upon which
+the city was framed was higher than the clouds. They therefore
+went up through the regions of the air, sweetly talking as they
+went, being comforted, because they safely got over the river, and
+had such glorious companions to attend them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now, now, look how the holy pilgrims ride, Clouds are their
+chariots, angels are their guide: Who would not here for him all
+hazards run, That thus provides for his when this world's done?
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{395} The talk they had with the Shining Ones was about the glory
+of the place; who told them that the beauty and glory of it was
+inexpressible. There, said they, is the Mount Zion, the heavenly
+Jerusalem, the innumerable company of angels, and the spirits of
+just men made perfect. [Heb. 12:22-24] You are going now, said
+they, to the paradise of God, wherein you shall see the tree of
+life, and eat of the never-fading fruits thereof; and when you come
+there, you shall have white robes given you, and your walk and talk
+shall be every day with the King, even all the days of eternity.
+[Rev. 2:7, 3:4, 21:4,5] There you shall not see again such things
+as you saw when you were in the lower region upon the earth, to
+wit, sorrow, sickness, affliction, and death, for the former things
+are passed away. You are now going to Abraham, to Isaac, and Jacob,
+and to the prophets--men that God hath taken away from the evil
+to come, and that are now resting upon their beds, each one walking
+in his righteousness. [Isa. 57:1,2, 65:17] The men then asked,
+What must we do in the holy place? To whom it was answered, You
+must there receive the comforts of all your toil, and have joy for
+all your sorrow; you must reap what you have sown, even the fruit
+of all your prayers, and tears, and sufferings for the King by the
+way. [Gal. 6:7] In that place you must wear crowns of gold, and
+enjoy the perpetual sight and vision of the Holy One, for there you
+shall see him as he is. [1 John 3:2] There also you shall serve
+him continually with praise, with shouting, and thanksgiving, whom
+you desired to serve in the world, though with much difficulty,
+because of the infirmity of your flesh. There your eyes shall
+be delighted with seeing, and your ears with hearing the pleasant
+voice of the Mighty One. There you shall enjoy your friends again
+that are gone thither before you; and there you shall with joy
+receive, even every one that follows into the holy place after
+you. There also shall you be clothed with glory and majesty, and
+put into an equipage fit to ride out with the King of Glory. When
+he shall come with sound of trumpet in the clouds, as upon the
+wings of the wind, you shall come with him; and when he shall sit
+upon the throne of judgment; you shall sit by him; yea, and when
+he shall pass sentence upon all the workers of iniquity, let them
+be angels or men, you also shall have a voice in that judgment,
+because they were his and your enemies. [1 Thes. 4:13-16, Jude
+1:14, Dan. 7:9,10, 1 Cor. 6:2,3] Also, when he shall again return
+to the city, you shall go too, with sound of trumpet, and be ever
+with him.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{396} Now while they were thus drawing towards the gate, behold a
+company of the heavenly host came out to meet them; to whom it was
+said, by the other two Shining Ones, These are the men that have
+loved our Lord when they were in the world, and that have left all
+for his holy name; and he hath sent us to fetch them, and we have
+brought them thus far on their desired journey, that they may go
+in and look their Redeemer in the face with joy. Then the heavenly
+host gave a great shout, saying, "Blessed are they which are called
+unto the marriage supper of the Lamb." [Rev. 19:9] There came out
+also at this time to meet them, several of the King's trumpeters,
+clothed in white and shining raiment, who, with melodious noises,
+and loud, made even the heavens to echo with their sound. These
+trumpeters saluted Christian and his fellow with ten thousand
+welcomes from the world; and this they did with shouting, and sound
+of trumpet.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{397} This done, they compassed them round on every side; some went
+before, some behind, and some on the right hand, some on the left,
+(as it were to guard them through the upper regions), continually
+sounding as they went, with melodious noise, in notes on high: so
+that the very sight was, to them that could behold it, as if heaven
+itself was come down to meet them. Thus, therefore, they walked
+on together; and as they walked, ever and anon these trumpeters,
+even with joyful sound, would, by mixing their music with looks and
+gestures, still signify to Christian and his brother, how welcome
+they were into their company, and with what gladness they came to
+meet them; and now were these two men, as it were, in heaven, before
+they came at it, being swallowed up with the sight of angels, and
+with hearing of their melodious notes. Here also they had the city
+itself in view, and they thought they heard all the bells therein
+to ring, to welcome them thereto. But above all, the warm and
+joyful thoughts that they had about their own dwelling there, with
+such company, and that for ever and ever. Oh, by what tongue or
+pen can their glorious joy be expressed! And thus they came up to
+the gate.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{398} Now, when they were come up to the gate, there was written over
+it in letters of gold, "Blessed are they that do his commandments,
+that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in
+through the gates into the city." [Rev. 22:14]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{399} Then I saw in my dream that the Shining Men bid them call
+at the gate; the which, when they did, some looked from above over
+the gate, to wit, Enoch, Moses, and Elijah, &amp;c., to whom it was
+said, These pilgrims are come from the City of Destruction, for
+the love that they bear to the King of this place; and then the
+Pilgrims gave in unto them each man his certificate, which they
+had received in the beginning; those, therefore, were carried in
+to the King, who, when he had read them, said, Where are the men?
+To whom it was answered, They are standing without the gate. The
+King then commanded to open the gate, "That the righteous nation,"
+said he, "which keepeth the truth, may enter in." [Isa. 26:2]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{400} Now I saw in my dream that these two men went in at the
+gate: and lo, as they entered, they were transfigured, and they
+had raiment put on that shone like gold. There was also that met
+them with harps and crowns, and gave them to them--the harps to
+praise withal, and the crowns in token of honour. Then I heard
+in my dream that all the bells in the city rang again for joy, and
+that it was said unto them, "ENTER YE INTO THE JOY OF YOUR LORD."
+I also heard the men themselves, that they sang with a loud voice,
+saying, "BLESSING AND HONOUR, AND GLORY, AND POWER, BE UNTO HIM
+THAT SITTETH UPON THE THRONE, AND UNTO THE LAMB, FOR EVER AND EVER."
+[Rev. 5:13]
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{401} Now, just as the gates were opened to let in the men,
+I looked in after them, and, behold, the City shone like the sun;
+the streets also were paved with gold, and in them walked many
+men, with crowns on their heads, palms in their hands, and golden
+harps to sing praises withal.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{402} There were also of them that had wings, and they answered
+one another without intermission, saying, "Holy, holy, holy is the
+Lord." [Rev. 4:8] And after that they shut up the gates; which,
+when I had seen, I wished myself among them.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{403} Now while I was gazing upon all these things, I turned my
+head to look back, and saw Ignorance come up to the river side;
+but he soon got over, and that without half that difficulty which
+the other two men met with. For it happened that there was then
+in that place, one Vain-hope, a ferryman, that with his boat helped
+him over; so he, as the other I saw, did ascend the hill, to come
+up to the gate, only he came alone; neither did any man meet him
+with the least encouragement. When he was come up to the gate, he
+looked up to the writing that was above, and then began to knock,
+supposing that entrance should have been quickly administered to
+him; but he was asked by the men that looked over the top of the
+gate, Whence came you, and what would you have? He answered, I
+have eat and drank in the presence of the King, and he has taught
+in our streets. Then they asked him for his certificate, that they
+might go in and show it to the King; so he fumbled in his bosom
+for one, and found none. Then said they, Have you none? But the
+man answered never a word. So they told the King, but he would
+not come down to see him, but commanded the two Shining Ones that
+conducted Christian and Hopeful to the City, to go out and take
+Ignorance, and bind him hand and foot, and have him away. Then
+they took him up, and carried him through the air to the door that
+I saw in the side of the hill, and put him in there. Then I saw
+that there was a way to hell, even from the gates of heaven, as
+well as from the City of Destruction. So I awoke, and behold it
+was a dream.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+{404} The Conclusion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Now, Reader, I have told my dream to thee;<br/>
+ See if thou canst interpret it to me,<br/>
+ Or to thyself, or neighbour; but take heed<br/>
+ Of misinterpreting; for that, instead<br/>
+ Of doing good, will but thyself abuse:<br/>
+ By misinterpreting, evil ensues.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Take heed, also, that thou be not extreme,<br/>
+ In playing with the outside of my dream:<br/>
+ Nor let my figure or similitude<br/>
+ Put thee into a laughter or a feud.<br/>
+ Leave this for boys and fools; but as for thee,<br/>
+ Do thou the substance of my matter see.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ Put by the curtains, look within my veil,<br/>
+ Turn up my metaphors, and do not fail,<br/>
+ There, if thou seekest them, such things to find,<br/>
+ As will be helpful to an honest mind.
+</p>
+
+<p class="poem">
+ What of my dross thou findest there, be bold<br/>
+ To throw away, but yet preserve the gold;<br/>
+ What if my gold be wrapped up in ore?--<br/>
+ None throws away the apple for the core.<br/>
+ But if thou shalt cast all away as vain,<br/>
+ I know not but 'twill make me dream again.
+</p>
+
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 131 ***</div>
+</body>
+
+</html>
+
+